Description
IMPORT AND EXPORT (STRATEGIC COMMODITIES)
REGULATIONS*
(Cap. 60, section 31)
[24 December 1965]
L.N. 154165 -L.N. 35168, L.N. 183171, L.N. 252179, L.N. 411182, L.N. 261183, L.N. 325185,
L.N. 346187, L.N. 194188
Citation
1. These regulations may be cited as the Import and Export (Strategic
Commodities) Regulations.
Prohibition of importation or exportation of articles in
Schedule except under licence
2. No person shall import or export any article specified in the Schedule except
under and in accordance with an import or export licence granted b the Director.
Offences and penalty
3. Any person who contravenes regulation 2 shall be guilty of a offence and
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $500,000 and imprisonment for 2
years.
(L.N. 261183)
Power to amend Schedule
4. The Director may by order amend the Schedule.
SCHEDULE
STRATEGIC COMMODITIES
MUNITIONS LIST
Note: For computer-related terms, see Item II, 1565 or 1566.
ML 1 Small arms and machine guns, as follows --
(a) Rifles, carbines, revolvers, pistols, machine pistols and machine guns, except
antique small arms dated earlier than 1890 and their reproductions;
(b) Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use;
(c) Specially designed components therefor, e.g. barrels, cylinders and breeches.
Technical Note:
Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use as specified in sub-item (b)
above are those which:
These regulations were formerly cited as the Importation and Exportation (Strategic
Commodities) Regulations.
[reg. 2]
ONS LIST
1565 or 1566.
llows-
tols, machine pistols and machine guns, except
r than 1890 and their reproductions;
designed for military use;
therefor, e.g. barrels, cylinders and breeches.
signed for military use as specified in sub-item (b)
as the Importation and Exportation (Strategic
(a) Are proof tested at presures greater than 1 300 bars (19 117 psi); and
(b) Operate normally and safely at pressures greater than 1 000 bars (14 706 psi); and
(c) Are capable of accepting ammunition greater than 76.2 mm in length
(i.e. commercial 12-gaauge magnum shot gun shells).
The parameters in this Technical note are to be measured according to the standards
of the Commission International Permanente.
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. This Item does not embargo smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting
purposes. These weapons must not be specially designed for military use or of
the fully auto automatic firing type.
3. This Item does not embargo firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and
which are incapable of firing any embargoed ammunition.
ML2 Large calibre armament or weapons and projectors, as follows, and specially designed
components and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a) Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, tank destroyers, projectile and rocket
launchers, military flame throwers, recoilless riftes;
(b) Military smoke, gas and pyrotechnic projectors.
ML3 Ammunition, and specially designed components and 'specially designed software'
therefor, for the weapons enumerated under Item 1 and 2.
Notes:
1. Specially designed components are understood to include:
(a) Metal or Plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge links,
rotating bands and munitions metal parts;
(b) Safing and arming devices, fuses and exploding bridge wire connectors;
(c) Power supplies with high one-time operational output.
2. This Item does not cover ammunition crimped without a projectile (blank star) and dummy
ammunition with a pierced powder chamber.
ML 4 Bombs, torpedoes , rockets and missiles guided and unguided, as follows, and 'specially
designed software' therefor--
(a) Bombs, torpedoes, grendaes (including smoke grenades), smoke canisters, rockets,
mines, missiles guided or unguided, depth charges, fire bombs, incendiary bombs
and military demolition charges, devices and kits, pyrotechnic flare signals for
military use, cartridges and simulators; and specially designed components therefor;
(b)Apparatus and devices specially designed for the handling, control, activation,
launching, laying, sweeping, discharging, detonation or detection of items
enumerated in sub-item (a); and specially designed components therefor;
(c) Military fuel thickeners, including but not limited to compounds (e.g. octal) or
mixtures of such compounds (e.g. napalm) specially formulated for the purpose
of producing materials which, when added to petroleum products, provide a
gel-type incendiary material for use in bombs, projectiles, flamethrowers or other
implements of war.
Note:
Specially designed components in sub-item (a) and (b) above include:
(a) Guided missile propulsion systems;
(b) Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups and other munition
metal parts;
(c) Safing and arming devices, fuses and exploding bridge wire connectors;
(d) Power supplies with high one-time operational output.
ML 5 Fire control equipment and range finders, as follows, and specially designed
components, accessories and 'specially designed software' therefor---
(a) Fire control, gun laying, night sighting, missile tracking and guidance equipment;
(b)Range, position and height finders, and spotting instruments specially designed for
military purposes;
(c)Aiming devices, electronic, gyroscopic, acoustic and optical, specially designed
for military purposes;
(d)Bomb sights, bombing computers, gun sights and periscopes, specially designed for
military purposes;
(e) Television sighting units specially designed for military use.
ML 6 Tanks and vehicles specially designed for military purposes, as follows, and specially
designed components and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a) Tanks and self-propelled guns;
(b) Military type armed or armoured vehicles, and vehicles fitted with mounting
for arms;
(c) Armoured railway trains;
(d) Military half-tracks;
(e) Military type recovery vehicles.,
(f) Gun-carriers and tractors specially designed for towing artillery;
(g) Trailers specially designed to carry ammunition;
(h) Amphibious and deep water fording military vehicles;
(i) Military mobile repair shops specially designed to service military equipment;
(j) All other specially designed military vehicles.
ML 7 Toxicological agents and tear gas and related equipment, as follows, and 'specially
designed software' therefor-
(a) Biological, chemical and radioactive materials adapted for use in war to produce
casualties in men or animals, or to damage crops;
(b) Equipment specifically designed and intended for the dissemination of the materials
described in sub-item (a);
(c) Equipment specifically designed and intended for defence against the materials
described in sub-item (a), and for their detection and identification;
(d) Components specially designed for the ite s listed in (b) and (c) above.
Note:
Sub-item (c) does not include personal radiation monitoring dosimeters.
ML 8 Military explosives and fuels, as follows, additives, precursors and stabilizers therefor,
and 'specially designed software' therefor---
Technical Notes:
1 . Additives are substances used in explosive formulations to improve their properties;
2. Stabilizers are substances used in explosive formulations to improve their
shelf-life;
3. Precursors are speciality chemicals used in the manufacture of military explosives.
Except as they may be proscribed elsewhere, the term is not intended to cover
industrial chemicals that are widely available in international markets;
(a) Military high explosives;
Technical Note:
Military high explosives are solid liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of
substances which, in their aplication as primary, booster, or main charges in
warheads, demolition and other military applications, are required to detonate.
id or gaseous substances or mixtures of as
primary, booster, or main charges in i ry
applications, are required to detonate.
(b) Military propellants;
Technical Note:
Military propellants are solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of
substances used for propelling projectiles missiles, or to generate gases for
powering auxiliary devices for embargoed military equipment which, when ignited,
burn or deflagrate to produce quantities of gas capable of performing work, but
in their application these quantities are required not to undergo a deflagration to
detonation transition.
(e) Military pyrotechnics;
Technical Note:
Military pyrotechnics are mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which,
when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate intended
to produce specific time delays, or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible light
or infrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass of pyrotechnics, which contain
no oxidizers but ignite spontaneously on contact with air.
(d)Military high-energy solid or liquid fuels, including aircraft fuels specially
formulated for military purposes;
Note:
It is understood that this sub-item covers finished products only and does not
cover constituents.
ML9 Vessels of war and special naval equipment, as follows, and 'specially designed
software' therefor-
(a) Combatant vessels or vessels designed for offensive or defensive action (surface or
underwater) whether or not converted to non-military use and regardless of current
state of repair or operating condition, and hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels;
(b) Engines, as follows
(1) Diesel engines of 1 500 h.p. and over with rotary speed of 700 r.p.m. or over,
specially designed for submarines;
(2) Electric motors specially designed for submarines, i.e. over 1000 h.p., quick
reversing type, liquid cooled and totally enclosed;
(3)Non-magnetic diesel engines, 50 h.p. and over, specially designed for military
purposes;
Note:
An engine shall be presumed to be specially designed for military purposes if.
(a)It has non-magnetic parts other than crankcase, block, head, pistons, covers,
end plates, valve facings, gaskets, and fuel, lubrication and other supply lines;
or
(b) Its non-magnetic content exceeds 75 per cent of total weight.
(c) Magnetic, pressure, and acoustic underwater detection devices specially designed
for military purposes; controls and components thereof;
(d) Submarine and torpedo nets;
(e) Compasses and equipment therefor and ship's course indicators, specially
designed for submarines.
(f) Specially designed components, accessories and attachments to the foregoing, such
as turrets, naval gun mounts, submarine batteries and catapults;
(g)Hull penetrators and connectors specially designed for military purposes that
enable interaction with equipment external to a vessel;
(h) Silent bearings for military purposes and equipment containing those bearings.
ML 10 Aircraft and helicopters, of the pilot or pilotless types, and aero-engines and aircraft
or helicopter equipment, associated equipment and components, specially designed for
military purposes, as follows, and 'specially designed software' therefor---
(a) Combat aircraft a d helicopters and other aircraft and helicopters specially
designed for military purposes, including military reconnaissance, assault, military
training and logistic support, and all aircraft and helicopters having special
structural features such as multiple hatches, special doors, ramps, reinforced floors
and the like, for transporting and airdropping troops, military equipment and
supplies; aero-engines specially designed or adapted for use with such aircraft and
helicopters, with the exception of aero-engines excepted under Item IL 1460(d)
on these Lists; and specially designed components therefor;
(b)Airborne equipment, including airborne refuelling equipment, equipment specially
designed for use with the aircraft and helicopters and the engines of the types of
aircraft and helicopters covered by sub-item (a) and specially designed
components therefor;
(c)Pressure refuellers, pressure refuelling equipment, equipment specially designed
to facilitate operations in confined areas and ground equipment, not elsewhere
specified, developed specially for aircraft and helicopters, an aircraft and helicopter
engines covered by sub-item (a);
(d)Pressurized breathing equipment and partial pressure suits fo use in aircraft and
helicopters, anti-'g' suits, military crash helmets, parachutes used for combat
personnel, cargo-dropping, and aircraft deceleration, liquid oxygen converters used
for aircraft, helicopters and missiles, catapults and cartridge actuated devices
utilized in emergency escape of personnel from aircraft and helicopters.
ML 11 Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and specially designed
components and 'specially designed software' therefor.
ML 12 Photographic and electro-optical imaging equipment as follwos, and specially designed
components and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a) (1)Air reconnaisance cameras and associated equipment designed for military
purposes;
(2) Film processing and printing machine designed for military purposes;
(b)Other cameras and electro-optical imaging devices, including infrared and imaging
radar sensors, whether recording, or transmiting via data link, designed for
military (including reconnaissance) purposes;
(c) Specialized equipment for the cameras a electro-optical imaging devices
embargoed by sub-item (b) above designed make the recorded or transmitted
information militarily useful.
Note:
Specialized equipment covered by sub-item (c) above which relate to electro-optical
imaging devices and imaging radar sensors includes but is not limited to digital
image processors and softcopy imagery isplay devices.
(See also Munitions List Item ML 15).
ML 13 Special armoured equipment, as follow
(a) Armoured plate;
(b)Combinations and constructions of metallic or non-metallic materials specially
designed to provide ballistic protection for military systems;
(c) Military helmets-
Note:
This sub-item is not intended to embargo conventional steel helmets not equipped
with, modified or designed to accept any type of accessory device;
(d) Body armour, flak suits and specially designed components therefor.
ML 14 Specialized military training equipment and specially designed components and
accessories and 'specially designed software' therefor.
ML 15 Military infrared and thermal imaging equipment and image intensifier equipment, and
specially designed components 'specially designed software' therefor.
(See also Items IL 1502, 1555 and 1556.)
ML 16 Forgings, castings and semi-finished products specially designed for the products
embargoed by Items ML 1,2,3,4 and 6 on this List.
ML 17 Miscellaneous equipment and materials, and 'specially designed software' therefor,
as follows-
(a) Self-contained diving and underwater swimming apparatus, as follows:
(1) Closed and semi-closed circuit (rebreathing) apparatus;
(2)Specially designed components for use in the conversion of open-circuit
apparatus to military use;
(3)Articles exclusively designed for military use with self-contained diving and
underwater swimming apparatus;
(b) Fire arms silencers (mufflers);
(c)Power-controlled searchlights and control units therefor, designed for military use
and 'specially designed software' therefor;
(d)Construction equipment built to military specifications, specially designed for
airborne transport.
ML 18 Equipment and technology for the 'production' of items referred to in this List,
as follows, and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a) Specially designed 'production' equipment;
(b) Components specially designed for equipment embargoed by (a) above;
(c) 'Production' equipment embargoed elsewhere on these Lists including that subject
to national discretion;
(d) Specific 'production' technology, even if the equipment with which such
technology is to be used is unembargoed;
(e) Technology specific to the design o the assembly of components into, and the
operation, maintenance and repair of complete 'production' installations even if
the components themselves are unembargoed.
Note:
'Production' includes design, examination, manufacture, testing and checking.
ML 19 Environmental chambers capable of pressures below 0.133 microbar (10-4 Torr) and
specially designed components the therefor.
Note:
This item is not intended to cover equipment fitted with such industrial machinery as
is not embargoed by the Lists, for instance coating machinery, not elsewhere specified,
and equipment for the casting of plastics.
ML 20 Cyrogenic and superconductive equipment and components, and 'specially designed
software' therefor, as follows-
(a) Equipment specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military
ground, marine, airborne or space application and capable of operating while
in motion and of producing or maintaining temperatures below 103K (- 170 o C,
-274 o F), and specially designed accessories and components and 'specially
designed software' therefor;
(b) Superconductive electrical equipment (rotating machinery and transformers)
designed for operation at termperatures below 103K (- 170 o C, - 274 o F), and that
are specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground,
marine, airborne or space applications and capable of operating while in motion,
except direct-current hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal
metal armature, which rotate in a magnetic field produced by super-conducting
windings, provided those windings are the only superconducting component in the
generator, and specially designed accessories and components and 'specially
designed soflware' therefor.
ML 22 Electrically triggered shutters of the carbon injection or photochromic function type
having a shutter speed of less than 100 microseconds, and 'specially designed software'
therefor; except shutter which are an essential part of a high-speed camera.
ML 23 Directed engergy weapons systems, as follows, and 'specially designed software'
therefor-
(a) laser system specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of
a target;
(b)Particle beam and microwave systems capable of destruction or effecting
missionabort of a target;
(c)Specially designed components for systems embargoed by (a) and (b) above,
including but not limited to:
(1)Prime power generation, engergy storage and switching, and fuel-handling
equipment;
(2) Target acquisition and tracking sub-systems;
(3) Sub-systems capable of damage assessment;
(4) Beam-handling and projection equipment;
(5) Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid multiple target pc tions;
(6) Specially designed components for the equipment embargoed by (1) to (5)
above.
Note:
See Item IL 1522 for embargo parameters of lasers and associated laser components.
ML 24 'Software' (as defined in Item IL 1566), as follows-
(a)'Software' specially designed for the modelling, simulation or evaluation of
military weapons systems; and
(b)'Software' for determining the effects of conventional, unclear, chemical or
biological warfare weapons.
ATOMIC ENGERY LIST
A NUCLEAR MATERIALS
A 1 Special and other fissile materials, the following-
(a) Plutonium, all isotopes, alloys, compounds and any material containing any of the
foregoing;
(b) Uranium 233, uranium enriched in the isotop 235 or 233, alloys, compounds
and any material containing any of the foregoing;
(c) Previously separated americiurn-242m, curium-245 and -247, and californium-249
and -251 and any material containing the foregoing.
Note:
'Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233' is defined as uranium containing the
isotopes 235 or 233, or both, in an amount such that the abundance ratio of the sum
of these isotopes to the isotope 238 is more than the ratio of the isotope 235 to the
isotope 238 occurring in nature (isotopic ratio:0.72 per cent).
A2 Natural and depleted uranium, in any form or incorporated in any substance in which
the concentration of uranium exceeds 0.05 per cent by weight, except-
(i) Shipments having a natural uranium content of-
(1) 10 kg or less for any application, or
(2) 100 kg or less for civil non-nuclear applications;
(ii) Uranium depleted in the isotope 235 in which the uranium 235 isotope comprises
less than 0.35 per cent of the total uranium assay;
(iii) Depleted uranium specially fabricated for the following civil applications:
(1) Shielding;
(2) Packaging;
(3) Ballasts;
(4) Counter-weights,
A 3 Deuterium, heavy water, deuterated paraffins and other organic and inorganic
compounds, mixtures and solutions containing deuterium, in which the isotopic ratio
of deuterium to hydrogen exceeds 1:5 000, except shipments of the above having a
deuterium content of 10 kg or less.
A4 Zirconium metal; alloys containing more than 50 per cent zirconium by weight;
compounds, in which the ratio of hafnium to zirconium is less than 1:500 parts by
weight, and manufactures wholly thereof; except
(i) Zirconium metal and alloy in shipments of 5 kg or less;
(ii) Zirconium in the form of foil or strip having a thickness not exceeding 0.025 mm
(0.00095 in.) and specially fabricated and intended for use in photo flash bulbs, in
shipments of 200 kg or less.
A 5 Nickel powder and porous nickel metal, as follows
(a)Powder with a nickel purity content of 99 per cent or more and a mean particle size
of less than 10 micrometres measured by the ASTM B.330 standard;
(b) Porous nickel metal produced from materials embargoed by sub-item (a) above
except single porous nickel metal sheets not exceeding 930 cm2 intended for use in
batteries for civil applications.
Note:
1.Sub-item (b) above refers to porou nickel metal manufactured from nickel powder
defined in sub-item (a) above which has been compacted and sintered to form a metal
material with fine pores interconnected throughout the structure.
A6 Nuclear-grade graphite, i.e. graphite having a purity level of less than five parts per
million boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.5 g/cm3, except individual
shipments of 100 kg or less.
A7 Lithium, as follows
(a) Metal, hydrides or alloys containing lithium enriched in the 6 isotope to a
concentration higher than the one existing in nature (7.5 per cent on an atom
percentage basis);
(b)Any other materials containing lithium enriched in the 6 isotope (including
compounds, mixtures and concentrates), except lithium enriched in the 6 isotope
incorporated in thermoluminesce dosimeters.
(For the deuteride of natural lithiu or of lithium enriched in the 7 isotope, see Item
A3.).
A8 Hafnium, as follows: metal, alloys and compounds of hafnium containing more than
60 per cent hafnium by weight, and manufactures thereof, except shipments of the
above having a hafnium content of kg or less.
A9 Beryllium, as follows: metail, alloys containing more than 50 per cent beryllium by
weight, compounds containing beryllium. and manufacturers thereof, except-
(i) Metal windows for X-ray machines;
(ii) Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-fabricated forms specially designed for electronic
component parts or as substrates for electronic circuits;
(iii) Shipments of 500 g or less of beryllium having a purity of 99 per cent or less, or
100 g or less of beryllium having a purity of greater than 99 per cent, provided
shipments exclude sigle crystals;
(iv) Shipments of 5 kg or less of beryllium contained in compounds with a purity of less
than 99 per cent,
A12 Tritium, compound anxtures containing tritium in which the ratio of tritium to
hydrogen by atom exceeds 1 part in 1000, and products containing one or more of the
foregoing, except
(i)Shipments of tritium, compounds, mixtures and individual products containing one
or more of the foregoing substances not exceeding 100 curies;
(ii) Tritium contained in luminous paint, self-luminous products, gas and aerosol
detectors, electron tubes, lightning or static elimination devices, ion generating
tubes, detect cells of gas chromatography devices, and calibration standards;
(iii) Compounds an d mixtures of tritium, where the separation of the constituents
cannot result in the evolution of an isotopic mixture of hydrogen in which the
ratio of tritium to hyrogen by atoms exceeds 1 part in 1000.
A 13 Materials for nulcear heat sources, as follows-
(a) Plutonium in any form with a plutonium isotopic assay of plutonium-238 of more
than 50 per cent, except:
(i) Shipments with a plutonium content of one gramme or less;
(ii) Shipments, of three effective grammes or less when contained in a sensing
component in instruments;
(iii) Plutonium-238 contained in heart pacemakers;
(b)'Previously separated' neptunium-237 in any form, except shipments with a
neptunium-237 content of one gramme or less.
Technical Note:
For the purpose of this Item, 'previously separated' is defined as the application of
any process intended to increase the concentration of the controlled isotope.
A14 Specially designed or prepared materials for the separation of isotopes of natural
uranium, depleted uranium and special and other fisile material , including specially
designed chemical exchange resins.
B NUCLEAR FACILITIES
B1 Plants for the separation of isotopes of natural ur j m and depleted uranium,
special and other fissile materials, and specially designed or prepared equipment and
components therefor, including---
(a) Units specially designed for separating isotopes of natural uranium and depleted
uranium, special or other fissile materials, such as:
(1) Gas centrifuges;
(2) Jet nozzle separation units;
(3) Vortex separation units;
(4) Laser isotopic separation units;
(5) Chemical exchange separation unit
(6) Electromagnetic separation units;
(7) Plasma separation units.
(8) Gaseous diffusion separation units;
(b) Specially designed components for the above, including:
(1)Valves wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel or
alloy containing 60 per cen or more nickel, 0.5 cm or greater in diameter,
with bellows seals, except valves not so defined;
(2)Blowers and compressor (turbo, centrifugal and axial flow types) wholly made
of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloy, nickel or alloy containing 60 per
cent or more nickel and having a capacity of 1700 litres (1.7 m3) per minute or
greater including compressor seals, except blowers and compressors not so defined;
(3) Gaseous diffusion barriers;
(4) Gaseous diffusion hoousings;
(5)Heat exchangers made of aluminium, copper, nickel or alloys containing
more than 60 per cent nickel, or combinations of these metals as clad tubes,
designed to operate at subatmospheric pressure with a leak rate of less than 10
pascal (0.1 millibar) per hour under a pressure differential of 105 pascal (1
bar), except heat exchangers not so defined.
(For specially design or prepared materials for the separation of isotopes, see Item A
14.)
B2 Plants for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear reactor fuel elements, and specially
designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, including-
(a) Fuel element chopping or shredding machines, i.e. remotely operated equipment
to cut, chop, shred or shear irradiated nuclear reactor fuel assemblies, bundles
or rods;
b)Criticality safe tanks (e.g. small diameter, annular or slab tanks) specially designed
or prepared for the dissolution of irradiated nuclear reactor fuel, which are capable
of withstanding hot, highly corrosive liquids, and which can be remotely loaded
and maintained;
(c)Counter-current solvent extractors and ion-exchange processing equipment
specially designed and prepared for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated
natural uranium, depleted uranium or special and other fissile materials;
(d)Process control instrumentation specially designed or prepared for monitoring
or controlling the reprocessing of irradiated source and special and other fissile
materials.
Note:
A plant for the reprocessing of irradiate nuclear reactor fuel elements includes
equipment and components which normally come into direct contact with and
directly control the irradiated fuel and the major nuclear material and fission product
processing streams.
Nuclear reactors, i.e. reactors capable of operation so as to maintain a controlled,
self-sustaining fission chain reaction, and equipment and components specially
designed or prepared for use in connection with a nuclear reactor, including
(a)Pressure vessels, i.e. metal vessels as complete units or as major shop-fabricated
parts therefor, which are specially designed or prepared to contain the core of a
nuclear reactor and are capable of withstanding the operating pressure of the
primary coolant, including the top plate a reactor pressure vessel;
(b) Fuel element handling equipment, including reactor fuel charging and discharging
machines;
(c) Control rods, i.e. rods specially designed or prepared for the control of the
reaction rate in a nuclear reactor, including the neutron absorbing part and the
support or suspension structures therefor, and control rod guide tubes;
(d)Electronic controls for controlling the power levels in nuclear reactors, including
reactor control rod drive mechanisms and radiation detection and measuring
instruments to determine neutro flux levels;
(e) Pressure tubes, i.e. tubes specially designed or prepared to contain fuel elements
and the primary coolant in nuclear reactor at an operating pressure in excess of
50 bars (atmospheres);
(f) Coolant pumps i. e. pumps specially designed or prepared for circulating the
primary coolant of nuclear reactors;
(g) Internals specially designed or prepared for the operation of a nuclear reactor,
including but not limited to core support structures, thermal shields, baffles, core
grid plates and diffuser plates;
(h) Heat exchangers.
Note:
A 'nuclear reactor' includes the items within or attached directly to the reactor vessel,
the equipment which controls the level of power in the core, and the components which
normally contain or come into direct contact with or control the primary coolant of
the reactor core.
B4 Plants specially designed for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuel elements and
specially designed equipment therefor.
B5 Plants for the production of heavy water, deuterium, or deuterium compounds, and
specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor.
B6 Plants for the production of uranium hexatluoride (UF6) and specially designed or
prepared equipment (including UF6 purification equipment) and components therefor.
C NUCLEAR-RELATED EQUIPMENT
C1 Neutron generating systems, including tubes, designed for operation without an external
vacuum system and utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuterium
nuclear reaction.
C2 Power generation or propulsion equipment specially designed for use with military,
space, marine or mobile nuclear reactors.
C3 Electrolytic cells for the production of fluorine with a production capacity greater
than 250 g of fluorine per hour.
C4 Equipment specially designed for the separation of isotopes of lithium.
C5 Equipment specially designed for the production or recovery of tritium.
C 6 Frequency changers (converters or invertors) specially designed or prepare to supply
motor stators for gas centrifuge enrichment, having all of the following characteristics,
and specially designed components therefor:
(a) A multiphase output of 600 Hz to 2 kHZ:
(b) Frequency control better than 0. 1 per cent;
(e) Harmonic distortion of less than 2 per cent; and
(d) An efficiency greater than 80 per cent.
(See also Item B 1 on this List.)
INDUSTRIAL LIST
GROUP A
METAL-WORKING MACHINERY
IL 1001 Technology for metal-working manufacturing Processes and specially designed
'software', as follows-
I. Definitions of terms used in this Item-
(a) 'Hot die forging' is a deformation process where die temperatures are at the
same nominal temperature as the workpiece and exceed 850K (577 o C, 1070 o F);
(b) 'Superplastic forming' is a deformation process using heat for metals that are
normally characterised by low values of elongation (less than 20 per cent) at the
breaking point as determined at room temperature by conventional tensile
strength-testing, in order to achieve elongations during processing which are at
least 2 times those values;
(c)'Diffusion bonding' is a solid-state molecular joining of at least two separate
metals into a single piece with a joint strength equivalent to that of the weakest
material;
(d)'Metal powder compaction' is a process capable of yielding parts having a density
of 98 per cent or more of the theoretical maximum density;
(e)'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing'' is a deformation process which uses a fluid-
filled flexible bladder in direct contact with the workpiece;
(f) 'Hot isostatic densification', is a process of pressurizing a casting at temperatures
exceeding 375K (102 o C, 215.6 o F) in a closed cavity through various media (gas,
liquid, solid particles etc.) to create equal force in all directions to
reduce or eliminate internal voids in the casting;
(g) 'Vacuum hot pressing ' is a process which uses a press with heated dies to
consolidate metal powder under reduced atmospheric pressure into a part;
(h)'High pressure extrusion' is a process yielding a single-pass reduction ratio of 4
to 1 or greater in cross-sectional area of the resulting part;
(i) 'isostatic pressing' is a process which uses a pressurizing medium (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc) in a
solid particles, etc) in a closed cavity to create equal force in all direction upon a metal powder-filled
container for consolidating the powder into a part.
11. Listed as follows
(a) Technology for the design of tools, dies and fixtures specially designed for the
following processes
(1) 'Hot die forging';
(2) 'Superplastic forming';
(3) 'Diffusion bonding';
(4) 'Metal powder compaction' using
(i) 'Vacuum hot pressing';
(ii) 'High-Pressure extrusion'; or
(iii) 'Isostatic pressing';
(5) 'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing';
(b) Technical data consisting of process parameters as listed below used to control--
(1) 'Hot die forging';
(i) Temperature;
(ii) Strain rate;
(2) 'Superplastic forming' of aluminium alloys, titanium alloys and superalloys
(i) Surface preparation; (ii) Strain rate;
(iii) Temperature;
(iv) Pressure;
(3) 'Diffusion bonding' of superalloys and titanium alloys
(i) Surface preparation;
(ii) Temperature;
(iii) Pressure;
(4) 'Metal powder compaction' using
(i) 'Vacuum hot pressing'
(a)Temperature;
(b) Pressure;
(c)Cycle time;
(ii) 'High pressure extrusion'
(a) Temperature;
(b) Pressure;
(c) Cycle time;
(iii) 'Isostatic pressing'-
(a) Temperature;
(b) Pressure,-
(c) Cycle time;
(5) 'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing' of aluminium alloys, and titanium alloys
(i) Pressure; (ii) Cycle time;
(6) 'Hot isostatic densification' of titanium alloys, aluminium alloys and
superalloys-
(i) Temperature;
(ii) Pressure;
(iii)Cycle time.
IL 1075 Spin-forming and flow-formin machines specially designed or adapted for use with
numerical or computer controls and specially designed components and 'specially
designed software' therefor.
IL 1080 (I) Specially designed equipment, tooling and fixtures for the manufacture or
measuring of gas turbine blades or vanes, as follows, and specially designed components
and accessories and 'specially designed software' for the equipment, components and
accessories--
(a) Blade or vane aerofoil or root automatic measuring equipment;
(b) Precision vacuum investment casting equipment, including core-making
equipment;
(c) Small-hole drilling equipment for producing holes having depths more than four
times their diameter and less than 0.03 inch (0.76 mm) in diameter;
(d) Directional solidification casting equipment and directional recrystallization
equipment;
(e) Segmented cast blade or vane bonding equipment;
(f) Integral blade-and-disc casting equipment;
(g) Blade or vane coating equipment, except furnaces, molten-metal baths and
ion-plating baths;
(h) Ceramic blade or vane moulding and finishing machines;
(i) Moulds, cores and tooling for the manufacture and finishing of:
(1) Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes;
(2) Turbine blades or vanes produced by powder compaction,
(j) Composite metal turbine blade or vane moulding and finishin machines;
(k) Inertial blade or vane welding machines.
(II)Technology (except installation, operation and maintenance technology) for use
of the following unembargoed equipment-
(a) Blade or vane belt grinding machines;
(b) Blade or vane edge radiusing machines;
(c)Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding machines;
(d)Blade or vane blank preforming machines;
(e) Blade or vane rolling machines;
(f) Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machines except metal removing types;
(g) Blade or vane root grinding machines;
(h)Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment.
Explanatory Notes:
1.Manufacture (making) includes refurbishing.
2.This definition also covers machinery and equipment for the manufacture of
blades or vanes in the compressor section of aircraft or aircraft-derived gas turbine
engines where the technology is the same as for the manufacture of blades or
vanes in the turbine section.
IL 1081 Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, dies, moulds and fixtures for the
manufacture or inspection of aircraft, airframe structures or aircraft fasteners, as
follows, and specially designed components and accessories and 'specially designed software'
for the equipment, components and accessories --
(a) Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for:
(1) Hydraulic stretch forming:
(i) Whose machine motions or forces are digitally controlled or controlled
by electrical analogue devices; or
(ii) Which are capable of thermal-conditioning the workpiece;
(2) The milling of aircraft skin or spars;
(b) Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for:
(1) 'Diffusion bonding';
(2) 'Superplastic forming';
(3) 'Hot die forging';
(4) Metal powder compaction by vacuum hot pressing, high-pressure extrusion or
isostatic pressing;
(5) Direct-acting hydraulic pressing of aluminium alloys and titanium alloys;
(6)The manufacture, inspection, inserting or securing of specially designed high-
strength aircraft fasteners.
Note:
For the definition of the processes and control of the metal-working
manufacturing technologies mentioned above, see Item IL 1001.
IL 1086 Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges for
the manufacture or inspection of aircraft and aircraft-derived gas turbine engines, as
follows, and specially designed components and accessories and 'specially designed
software' for the equipment, components and accessories-
(a) Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges:
(1) For automated production inspection;
(2) For automated welding;
(b) Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges:
(1) For solid-state joining by inertial welding or th thermal bonding
(2) For manufacture and inspection of high-performance gas turbine bearings;
(3) For rolling specially configured rings such as nacelle rings;
(4) For forming and finishing turbine discs;
(c) Compressor or turbine disc broaching machines
Note:
This sub-item embargoes only broaching machines specially designed for the
manufacture of aircraft or aircraft derived gas turbine engines, and not general
purpose broaching machines specially adapted for that purpose.
IL 1088 Gear making or finishing machinery, as follows
(a) Bevel gear making machinery:
(1) Gear grinding machinery (non-generating type);
(2) Other machinery capable of the production of bevel gears of module finer
than 0.5 mm (diametral pitch finer than 48) and meeting a quality standard
better than DIN 58405 Class 6;
Technical Note:
If not rated in AGMA standards, DIN 3963 Class 4 shall be considered to be the equivalent of
DIN 58405 Class 6 '
(b)Machinery capable of producing gears in excess of AGMA quality level 13 or
equivalent.
Technical Note:
If not rated in AGMA standards, DIN 3963 Class 4 shall be considered equivalent
to AGMA quality level 13.
IL 1091 Numerical control units, nurmerically controlled machine-tools, dimensional inspection
machines, direct numerical control systems, specially designed sub-assemblies, and
specially designed 'software', as follows--
(a)Units for numerically controlling simultaneously coordinated (contouring and
continuous path) movements of machine-tools and dimensional inspection
machines in two or more axes, except those having all of the following
characteristics:
(i)No more than two contouring interpolating (any mathematical function
including linear and circular) axes can be simultaneously coordinated. Units
may have:
(1)One or more additional axes for which rate of movement is not
coordinated, varied or modulated with that of another axis;
(2)One additional set of two contouring axes provided a separate feed rate
number standard or optional, does not control more than any two
contouring axes; or
(3) Two contouring axes switchable out of any number of axes;
(ii) Minimum programmable increment equal to or greater than 0.001 mm;
(iii) Interfaces limited as follows:
(1) No integral interface designed to meet ANSI/IEEE standard 488-1978,
IEC publication 625-1; or any equivalent standard; and
(2)No more than two interfaces meeting EIA standard RS-232-C or any
equivalent standard;
(iv) On-line (real-time) modification of the tool path, feed rate and spindle data
limited to the following:
(1) Cutter diameter compensation normal to the centreline path;
(2)Automatic acceleration and deceleration for starting, cornering and
stopping;
(3)Axis transducer compensation including lead screw pitch compensation
(measurements on one axis may not compensate another axis);
(4) Constant surface speed with or without limits;
(5) Spindle growth compensation;
(6) Manual feed rate and spindle speed override;
(7) Fixed and repetitive cycles (does 1 ot include automatic cut vec
generation);
(8) Tool and fixture offset;
(9) Part programme tape editing, excluding source programme language
and centreline location data (CLDATA);
(10) Tool length compensation;
(11) Part programme storage;
(12) Variable pitch threading;
(13) Inch/metric conversion;
(14) Feed rate override based on spark voltage for electrical discharge
machines;
(Y) Word size equal to or less than 16 bits (excluding parity bit(s));
(vi)'Software' or 'firmware', including 'software' or 'firmware' of any
programmable unit or device furnished, shall not exceed control unit
functions as provided in (i) to (v) above, and is restricted as follows:
(1)Only the following application programmes can be furnished which shall
be executable without further compilation, assembly, interpretation, or
processing, other than control unit parameter initialization, and
memory storage loading, and each shall be supplied as an entity rather
than in modular form:
(a) An operatyng progamme to allow the unit to perform its normal
functions;
(b) One or ore diagnostic programmes to verify control or machine
performance and permit localization of hardware malfunctions;
(c) A translator programme with which the end-user can programme
the control-to-machine interface;
(2) Programme documentation for application programmes shall not
contain the following:
(a) Listing of programme instructions (except that necessary for
diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance);
(b) Description of programme organization or function beyond that
required for programme use and for maintenance of hardware with which these programmes operate;
(c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or the algorithms employed (except those
necessary for use of diagnostic for routine hardware maintenance);
(d) Any reference to specific memory storage locations (except those
necessary for use of diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance);
(e)Any other information about the design or function of the
'software' which would assist in the analysis or modification of all or
part of it.
Explanatory Notes:
1. For 'digital computers' either 'incorporated' in or 'associated' with, but
not 'embedded' in, controllers, see Item IL 1565.
2. Technology for the design and production (except assembly and testing)
of two-axis numerical control units with an 'embedded' computer
remains embargoed.
(b) Machine-tools and dimensional-inspection machines which, according to the
manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with numerical control
units covered by sub-item (a) above, except:
(i) Boring mills, milling machines, and machining centres having all of the following characteristics:
(1) (a) Not more than three axe capable of simultaneously coordinated
contouring motion, ie the total number of linear plus rotary con-touring
axes cannot exceed three. (A secondary parallel contouring axis, eg
W axis on horizontal boring mills, is not counted in the total of
three contouring axe . A secondary rotary table, the centreline of
which is parallel to the primary rotary table, is also not counted in
the total of three contouring axes. Machines may have noncontouring
parallel or non-contouring, non-parallel rotary axes in addition to the
three axe capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring
motion. Machines having the capability of being simultaneously coordinated
in more than three axes are not excluded from embargo even if the numerical control unit attached to the machine
limits it to three simultaneously coordinated contouring axes. For
example, a machine with a control unit switchable between any
three out of four contouring axes is not excluded from embargo); or
(b) Not more than three linear axes plus one rotary axis, but no tilting
axis, capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, ie
the total number of linear plus rotary contouring axes cannot exceed
four. (A secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis on horizontal
boring mills, is not counted as an additional contouring axis. A
secondary rotary table, the centreline of which is parallel to the
primary rotary table, is also not counted as an additional contouring
axis. Machines may have non-contouring parallel or non-contouring,
non-parallel rotary axes in addition to the four axes capable of
simultaneously coordinated contouring motion. Machines having
the capability of being simultaneously coordinated in more than
four axes are not excluded from embargo even if the numerical control
unit attached to the machine limits it to three simultaneously
coordinated contouring axes. For example, a machine
with a control unit switchable between any three out of five contouring axes is not
excluded form embargo);
(2) Maximum slide travel in any axis equal to or less than 3 000 mm;
(3) Spindle drive motor power equal to or less than 35 kW;
(4) Single wording spindle (the machine may have multiple tool heads or turrets as standard or optional,
but only one working spindle may be operative at a time).
A spindle capable of driving a multiple drill head is
considered as a single spindle;
(5) Axial and radial motion measured at the spindle axis in one revolution
of spindle equal to or greater than D x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-
peak) where D is the spindle diameter in mm;
(6) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than
+ 0.002 mm in any 200 mm of travel;
(7) Overall position accuracy in any axis equal to or greater (coarser)than--
(a) +0.01mm for machines with total length of axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm;
(b) +(0.01 mm + (0.0025/300 x (L - 300))) mm for machines with a total
length of axis travel, L, greater than 300 mm and equal to or less
than 3 300 mm;
(c) +0.035 mm for machines with a total length of axis travel greater
than 3 300 mm.
Technical Note:
Positioning accuracy is that accuracy which would be obtained in a temperature-
controlled environment of 20oC+2oC with any mechanical compensation
techniques shipped with the machine or any electronic compensation
described in sub-item (a)(iv). Positioning accuracy of machines shipped without
numerical control units will be that attained with a control unit used during
checkout of the machine and with feedback systems identical to those
that will be used with the machine, or by accuracy previously obtained with
an identical machine and feedback system and control unit which will be
connected to the machine. (See Technical Note 6 .)
(ii) Jig grinders having all of the following characteristics;
(1)Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or greater (coarser)
than:
(a) +0.005 mm for machines with total length of axis travel equal to or
less than 300 mm;
(b) +(0.005+(0.002/300) (L-300)) mm for machines with total length
of axis travel, L, greater than 300 mm;
(2) Not more than two axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring
motion;
(iii) Machine-tools (other than boring mills, milling machines and machining
centres and jig grinders described (i) and (ii) above and dimensional-
inspection machines described in (iv) below), having all of the following
characteristics-
(1) Radial-axis motion measured the spindle axis equal to or greater than
0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) in one revolution of the spindle (for
lathes, turning machines, contour grinding machines, etc.);
(2) Meeting the requirements of (i)(1)(a), (i)(6) and (i)(7) above;
(iv) Dimensional inspection machines, having all of the following characteristics:
(1) A linear positioning accuracy equal to or worse than:
(a) +(3 + L/ 300)micrometre for L shorter than or equal to 3 300 mm;
(b) + 14 micrometre for L longer than 3 300 mm;
(2) A rotary accuracy of qual to or worse than 5 second in every 90 degrees;
and
(3) Meeting the requirements of (i)(1) above;
(For high precision turning machinery, see also Item IL 1370.)
(c) 'Direct numerical control systems' (DNC) consisting of a dedicated stored
programme computer acting, as a host computer and controlling, on-line or off-
line, one or more numerically controlled machine-tools or inspection machines,
as defined in sub-item (b) above, related 'software', and interface and
communication equipment for data transfer between the host computer memory,
the interpolation functions, and the numerically machine-tools;
(d) Specially designed sub-assembiles and software which according to the manu-
factuer's technical specifications, can upgrade the capabilities of numerical control
units and machine-tools either so that they would cease to be eligible for
consideration for export at national discretion.
Note:
Specially designed printed circuit board sub-assemblies are embargoed by this
sub-item.
(For machine-tool parts and components, see also Item IL 1093.)
Technical Notes:
1. 'Numberical control' is defined as the 'automatic control of a process performed
by a device that makes use of numeric data usually introduced as the operation
is in progress' (R . ISO 2382).
2.'Contouring control' is defined as: 'two or more numerically controlled motions
operating in accordance with instructions that specify the next required position
and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation
to each other so that a desired contour is generated' (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806).
3. For computer-related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL 1566.
4. A 'direct numerical control system' (DNC) is defined a system connecting a set
of numerically controlled machines to a common memory for part programme or
machine programme storage with provision for on-demand distribution of data
to the machines' (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806.2).
5. Axis nomenclature shall he in acordance with international standard ISO 841,
'Numerical Control Machines-Axis and Motion Nomenclature'.
6. The value of the positioning accuracy does not include the width of backlash.
The value is determined by the usual statistical methods (random tests);
ie by approaching from only one direction of a minimum of 5 measurement points
up to a maximum of 25 measurement positions as random tests along one axis.
National standards may be used for this measuring method, eg the German standard VDI
'Statistical testing of the operational and positioning accuracy of machine-tools
VDI----DGQ3441, March 1977'.
7. A tilting axis s defined as an axis which alters the angular position of the rotary
table centreline with respect to the spindle centreline during the machining process.
IL 1093 Components and specially-designed parts machine tools and dimensional inspection
machines embargoed by Item IL 1091, as follows--
(a) Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as a minimal assembly,
except those assemblies with axial and radial axis motion measured along the
spindle axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than
the following-
(i) 0.0008 nun TIR (peak-to-peak) for lathes and turning machines; or
(ii) D x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak), where D is the spindle diameter in
millimetres, for milling machines, boring mills, jig grinders, and machining
centres;
(b) Lead screws including ball nut screws, except those having all of the following
characteristics--
(i) Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.004 mm/300 mm;
(ii) Overall accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than (0.0025+5 x 10-6 x L)mm,
where L is the effective length in millimetres of the screw;
(iii) Concentricity of the centre line of the journal bearing surface and the centre
line of the major diameter of the screw equal to or greater (coarser) than
0.005 mm. TIR (peak-to-peak) at a distance of three times the diameter of
the screw or less from the journal bearing surface;
(c)Linear and rotary position feedback units including inductive type devices, graduated
scales and laser systems, except
(i) Linear types having an accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than (0.0004+13
x, 10-6 X L) mm, for L equal to or less than 100 mm and (0.0015+2x10-6xL)mm,
for L greater than 100mm, where L is the effective length
millimetres of the linear measurement; and
(ii) Rotary types having an accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than two
seconds of arc;
(d) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having all the following
characteristics-
(1) Stroke greater than 200mm;
(2) Nominal force rating greater than 45 N;
(3) Minimum controlled incremental movement less than 0.001 mm
GROUP B
CHEMICAL AND PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT
IL 1110 Equipment for the production of liquid fluorine, and specially designed components
therefor.
IL 1129 Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and specially designed components, controls and
accessories therefor
(a)Cryopump systems (i.e. systems in which the circulation of cooled or liquefied
gas is used to achieve a vacuum, static or dynamic, by lowering the temperature
of the environment) designed to operate at temperatures of less than - 200oC (-
328oF) measured at atmospheric pressure;
(b)Vacuum pump systems capable of evacuating a chamber of volume greater than
one (1) litre to pressures below 10-8 torr (1.3 x 10-6 pascals) while the
temperature in the chamber is maintained above 800oC (1 472oF).
Note:
See Items IL 1565 or 1566 for computer related
terms.
IL 1131 Pumps (except vacuum pumps-see Item 1129) having any of the following
characteristics-
(a) Designed to move molten metals by electro-magnetic forces; or
(b) Having all flow contact surfaces made of 90 per cent or more tantalum, titanium
or zirconium, either separately or combined, except when such surfaces are made
of materials containing more than 97 per cent and less than 99.7 per cent
titanium.
(see also Item IL 1131)
IL 1133 Valves, cocks and pressure regulators, having all flow contact surfaces made of 90 per
cent or more tantalum, titanium or zirconium, either separately or combined, except
when such surfaces are made of materials containing more than 97 per cent and less
than 99.7 per cent titanium.
(See also Item B 1 on the Atomic Energy List and Item IL 1131)
IL 1142 Tubing, as follows-
(a)Made of, lined with, or covered with any of the fluorocarbon materials covered
by sub-item IL 1754 (b)(2), unreinforced, heat shrinkable and having an inner
diameter (before shrinkage) of less than 28.57 nun (1 1/8 inches);
(b) Reinforced tubing (including connectors and fittings for usage with such tubing)
incorporating coagulated dispersion grades of polytetrafluoroethylene,
copolymers of tetrafluoroethylen and hexafiuoropropylene; or any of the
fluorocarbon materials covered by sub-item IL 1754 (b)(2) and designed for operating (working) pressures
of 210.9 kg/cm2: (3000 psi) or greater, whether or not specially processed to
make the flow surface ectrically conductive.
IL 1145 Containers, jacketed only, specially designed for the storage or transportation of liquid
fluorine.
GROUP C
ELECTRICAL AND POWER-GENERATING EQUIPMENT
IL 1203 Electric furnaces, as follows, specially designed components and controls therefor, and
'specially designed software' for such furnaces, components or controls
(a)Consumable electrode vacuum are furnaces with a capacity in excess of 20 000 kg
(44 092 lb);
(b) Skull type vacuum arc furnaces;
(c) 'Vacuum induction furnaces' allowing the molten metal to be poured into a mould
within the same vacuum chamber without breaking the vacuum and having all of
the following characteristies----
(1) A capacit in excess of 2 275 kg (5 014 lb);
(2) Designed to operate at pressures lower than 6.67 Pa (0.0667 mbar); and
(3) Designed to operate at temperatures in excess of 1373 K (1 100'C)
Note:
'Vacuum induction furnaces' include all portions of the furnace system within the
vacuum chamber.
(d) Induction furnaces having both of the following characteristics--
(1) A diameter inside the induction coil of 155mm or more (6.1 inches or
more)-
and
(2)Designed to heat a workpicce with a diameter of 130 mm or more (5.1 inches
or more) to a temperature in excess of 2 273K (2000 o C);
Note:
1.This item does not embargo susceptors made graphite not embargoed elsewhere
in these Lists.
2.This item also covers vacuum furnaces capable of operating with protective
atmospheres.
(See also Items IL 1080 and IL 1301).
IL 1205 Electro-chemical, semi-conductor and radioactive devices for the direct conversion of
chemical, solar or nuclear energy to electrical energy, as follows-
(a) Electro-chernical devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor---
(1) Fuel cells operating at temperatures of 523K (250 o C, 482 o F) or less, including
regenerative cells, i.e. cells for generating electric power, to which all the
consumable components are supplied from outside the cell--
Note:
The temperature of 523K or less is intended to refer to the fuel cell and not to the
fuel conditioning equipment which may be either an ancillary or an integral part
of the fuel cell battery and which may operate at over 523K.
(2) Primary cells and batteries having any of the following characteristics-
(i) Reserve (water, electrolyte or thermally activated) batteries possessing a
means of activation and having a rated unactivated storage life of three
years or more at an ambient temperature of 297K (24 oC, 75 oF);
(ii) Utilizing lithium or calcium (including alloys in which lithium or calcium are
constitnts) as electrodes and having an energy density at a discharge
current equal to C/24 hours (C being the nominal capacity at 297K (24 o C,
75 o F) in amperehours) of more than 250 watt-hours per kilogramme (114
watt-hours per pound) at 297K (24 o C, 75 o F) and more than 80 watt-hours per kilogramme
(36 watt-hours per pound) at 244K (-29 oC, -20 o F);
Note:
Energy density is obtained by multiplying the average power in watts
(average voltage in volts times average current in amperes) by the
duration of the discharge in hours to 80 per cent of the open-circuit
voltage an dividing by the total mass of the cell (or battery) in kilogrammes;
(iii) Using an air electrode together with either lithium or aluminium
counter-electrodes and having a power output of 5 kilowatts or more or an
energy output of 5 kilowatt-hours or more;
(3) Secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries having any of the following
characteristics after more than 20 charge/discharge cycles at a discharge
current equal to C/5 hours (C being the nominal capacity in ampere hours);
(i)Utilizing nickel and hydrogen as the active constituents and having an energy
density of 55 watt-hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per pound) or
more at 297K (24 o C, 75 o F);
(ii) Utilizing lithium or sodium as electrodes or reactants and having an energy
density of 55 watt-hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per pound) or
more at the rated operating temperature;
Note: Energy density is obtained by multiplying the average power in watts (average
voltage in volts times average current in amperes) by the duration of
the discharge in hours to 75 per cent of the open-circuit voltage and
divided by the total mass of the cell (or battery) in kilogrammes.
(4)Molten salt electrolyte cells and batteries which normally operate at
temperatures of 773K (500 o C, 932 o F) or below;
(b) Photo-voltaic cells as follows, and specially designed components therefor-
(1)With a power output of 14 mW or more per sq cm under 100 mW per sq cm
tungsten 2 800K (2 527 oC, 4 581 oF) illumination; or
(2)All gallium arsenide photo-voltaic cells excluding those having a power
output of less than 4 mW measured by the above techniques; or
(3)With a power output of 450 mW or more per sq cm under 10 watts per sq
cm silicon carbide at 1 750K (1 477 oC, 2 691 oF) illumination;
(4) Electromagnetic (including laser) and ionized particleradiation resistant;
(c) Power sources based on radio-active materials systems other than nuclear reactors,
except
(i) Those having an output power of less than 0.5 W and a total weight (force)
of more than 890 N (90.7 kg, 200 lb);
(ii) Those specially designed and developed for medical use within the human
body;
Note:
1. See also Item IL 1570.
2. This Item does not embargo the following cells and power source devices, and
specially designed component therefor (nothing in this Note shall be construed as
permitting the export of technology for such cells, power source devices or specially
designed components)--
(a) Fuel cells embargoed by sub-item (a)(1) above, provided they are not
'space qualified', with a maximum output power more than 10 kilowatts and which
use gaseous pure hydrogen and oxygen/air reactants, alkaline electrolyte and
a catalyst supported by carbon either pressed on a metal mesh electrode or
attached to a conducting porous plastic;
(b) Lithium primary cells or batteries embargoed by sub-item (a)(2)(ii) which-
(1) Are specially designed for consumer applications and used in
watches, pacemakers, calculators or hearing aids; or
(2) Are specially designed for consumer or civil industrial applications
and have a nominal capacity less than or equal to 35 ampere-hours and
discharge current of less than C/10 hours (C as defined in (a)(2)(ii));
(c) Lithium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries embargoed by
sub-item (a)(3)(ii) above which--
(1) Are specially designed for consumer applications which will have been
previously determyied by the Trade Department, or
(2)Have a nominal capacity less than or equal to 0.5 ampere-hour and an
energy density of less than 40 watt-hours per kilogramme (18 watt-hours
per pound) at 273K (O oC, 32 o F) and a discharge current of less than C/
10 hours (C as defined in (a)(3));
(d) Sodium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries embargoed by sub-
item (a)(3)(ii) above which are specially designed for consumer or civil
industrial applications which are not 'space qualified'.
N.B.
The term 'space qualified' used in this Item refers to products which are
stated by the manufacturer as designed and tested to meet the special
electrical, mechanical or environmental requirements for use in rockets, satellites
or high-altitude flight systems operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.
IL 1206 Electric arc device (or plasma torches) and equipment, as follows, and specially
designed components, accessories, and controls and 'specially designed software-
therefor-
(a)Electric are devices for generating a flow of ionized gas in which the are column is
constricted except
(i) Devices using less than 100 kW arc power for welding, melting, plating or
spraying; or
(ii) Devices with less than 235 kW are power for cutting;
(b)Equipment incorporating electric are devices with a constricted are column and
capable of having a programmable increment (for the continuous movement of
the device) less (finer) than 0.01 mm;
(c)Test equipment incorporating electric are devices embargoed by sub-item (a)
above.
Note:
This Item does not embargo plasma torches for industrial gas heating which use a
non-constricted are column with an operating pressure of 1 to 15 bar inclusive.
GROUP D
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
IL 1301 Equipment and technology for the production of 'superalloys', as follows-
(a) Equipment specially designed for the production of 'superalloys';
Notes:
(1) Sub-item (a) does not include the following equipment--
(a) Electric are and induction furnaces, basic oxygen furnaces and remelting
equipment using other techniques for the production of carbon steels,
low-alloy steels and stainless steels;
(b) Degassing equipment used for the production of carbon steels, low-alloy
steels and stainless steels;
(c) Hot and cold rolling mills, extrusion presses, and swaging and forging
machines;
(d) Decarburizing and annealing and pickling equipment,
(e) Surface finishing equipment;
(f) Slitting and cutting equipment.
(2) Vacuum induction furnaces used in the production of superalloy powders,
however, are embargoed by this sub-Item.
(3) For the embargo status of other electric vacuum furnaces, see Item IL 1203;
(b) Technology specific to the production of 'superalloys', regardless of the type of
equipment with which it may be intended to use such technology.
Notes:
1. Sub-item (b) does not include technology on the equipment excluded by
Note 1 to sub-item (a) above.
2. Melting, remelting and degassing technology specific to the production of
superalloys, however, is embargoed by sub-item (b).
3. This item embargoes equipment specially designed for and technology specific
to the production of 'super-alloys' in the crude and semi-fabricated forms
listed below-
CRUDE FORMS--
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks,
blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots,
lumps, pellets, pigs, powders, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks.
SEMI-FABRICATED FORMS (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or
punched)
(i) Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding,
forging, impact extruding, pressing, graining, atomising and grinding, i.e.,
angles channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate,
powder, pressings, and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare
welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe
an tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded
wire.
(ii) Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other
types of moulds, including high pressure casting, sintered forms, and
forms made by powder metallurgy.
4.For materials and manufacturing processes at later stages in the production
process, see also other items, for example, Items IL 1431 and 1460 for gas
turbine engines.
Technical Note:
'Superalloys' are nickel-, cobalt-, or iron-base alloys having strengths superior to the
AISI 300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) at temperatures over 922K (649 oC under
severe-environmental and operating conditions. Excluded are carbon steels, low-alloy
steels and stainless steels having strengths inferior to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1st May 1982).
Metal rolling mills, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and t
controls and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a)Isothermal rolling mills, except those capable of operating only at ambient
temperatures
Technical Note:
In an isothermal rolling mill a constant instantaneous temperature profile is
maintained in the contact area between the workpiece and the rolls.
(b)Other mills specially designed or re-designed for the rolling of metals and alloys
with a melting point exceeding 1 900'C (3 452'F).
IL 1312'Isostatic presses', as follows, and specially designed dies and moulds (except those used in
'isostatic presses' operating ambient temperatures), components, accessories and
controls and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a)Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of 138MPa (20 000 psi) or
more and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter in excess of 406 mm
(16 inches); or
(b)Having a controlled thermal environment within the closed cavity and possessing a
chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 127 mm (5 inches) or more.
Technical Note:
'Isostatic presses' are equipment capable of pressurizing a closed cavity through
various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directions
within the cavity upon a workpiece or material.
IL 1352 Nozzles, dies and extruder barrels specially designed for the processing of the fluoro-
carbon material covered by Item IL 1754 (b)(2).
IL 1353 Equipment specially designed for the manufacture of cable and optical fibres embargoed
by Item IL 1526.
IL 1354 Equipment designed for the manufacture or testing of printed circuit boards, as follows,
and specially designed components and accessories, and 'specially designed software'
therefor--
(a)Equipment specially designed for removal of resists or printed circuit board
materials by dry (e.g. plasma) methods;
(b) Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment for printed circuit boards, having any
of the following functions---
(1) Generation of artwork design with an interactive capability;
(2) Generation of test string lists for multi-layer boards;
(3)Generation of data or 'programmes' for 'stored-programme controlled' printed
circuit board drilling equipment;
(4)Generation of data or 'programmes' for 'stored-programme controlled'
printed circuit board shaping and profiling equipment; or
(5)Generation of data for control of the sequencing of processes of the
equipment for printed circuit board manufacture embargoed by (c) below;
(c)High-speed automated continuous panel processors for plating capable of
delivering more than or equal to 860 A/m2 (80 A/ft2) of plate current. (This
does not include processors specially designed for, and restricted to, plating tab
(edge) connectors);
(d)'Stored-programme controlled' inspection equipment for the detection of defects
in printed circuit boards using optical pattern comparison or other machine
scanning techniques;
(e)'Stored-prograrnme controlled' electrical test equipment for the identification of
open and short circuits on bare printed circuit boards, capable of
(1)Continuity testing (less than or equal 4 ohm) at a rate of 2 500 or more
measurements per second; or
(2)High voltage testing (greater than or equal to 50 volts) at a rate of 10 000 or
more measurements per minute;
(f) 'Stored-programme controlled' multi-spindle drills and routers having any of the
following characteristics
(1) Absolute positioning accuracy of +10 micrometres (0.0004 inch) or better;
(2) Minimum time needed for drill bit changes less than or equal to 5 seconds; or
(3)X and Y positioning speeds higher than or equal to 0.125 m/sec (300 inch/min)
for drilling or for routing;
(g)'Stored-programme controlled' cyclic voltametric stripping equipment
specially designed for printed circuit board plating bath monitoring and analysis.
Technical Note:
'Stored-programme controlled' is efined as a control using instructions stored in an
electronic storage which a processor can execute in order to direct the performance of
predetermined functions.
N.B.
Equipment may be 'stored-programme controlled' whether the electronic storage is
internal or external to the equipment.
Note:
See also Item IL 1522(b) for the embargo of printed circuit board manufacturing
equipment incorporating a laser.
IL 1355 Equipment for the manufacture or testing of electronic components and materials, as
follows, and specially designed components, accessories and 'specially designed
software' therefor--
(a) Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing of electron tubes, 1
optical element and specially designed components therefor embargoed by Items
IL 1541, 1542, 1555, 1556, 1558 or 1559;
(b)Equipment speciall designed for the manufacture or testing of semiconductor
devices, integrated circuits and 'assemblies', as follows, and systems incorporating
or having the characteristics of such equipment--
(1) Equipment for the processing of materials for the manufacture of devices and
components as specificed in the heading of this sub-item;
Note:
This item does not embargo quartz crucibles specially designed for equipment
embargoed by (b)(1);
(2) Masks, mask substrates, mask-making equipment and image-transfer equip-
ment for the manufacture of devices and components as specified in the
heading of his sub-item;
Technical ote:
The term 'masks' refers to those used in electron beam lithography, X-ray
lithography, and for ultra-violet lithography, as well as the usual ultra-violet
and visible photolithography.
(3) 'Stored-programme controlled' inspection equipment for the detection of
defects in processed wafers, substrates or chips using optical pattern
comparison or other machine scanning techniques;
Technical Note:
Conventional scanning electron microscopes, except when specially
designed and instrumented for automatic pattern inspection, are not
embargoed by this sub-item.
(4) Specially designed 'stored-programme controlled' measuring and analysis
equipment;
(5) Equipment for the assembly of integrated circuits;
(6) 'Stored-programme controlled' wafer probing equipment;
(7) Test equipment as follows (for standard test instruments, see Item IL 1529):
(i) 'Stored-programme controlled' equipment specially designed for
testing discrete semi-conductor devices and unencapsulated dice, capable of ,
performing any of the following functions--
(a) Measurement of time intervals of less than 10 nanoseconds;
(b) Measurement of parameters (e.g. fT, S-parameters, noise figure) at
frequencies greater than 250 MHz;
(c) Resolution of currents of less than 100 pico-amperes;
(d) Measurements of spectral response at wavelengths outside
the range from 450 to 950 nanometres;
Technical Note:
Discrete semi-conductor devices include, for example, diodes, transistors,
thyristors, photocells, and solar cells.
(ii) 'Stored-programme controlled' equipment specially designed for testing
integrated circuits, and assemblies thereof, capable of performing any of
the following functions-
(a) Functional (truth table) testing at a pattern rate greater than 2 MHz;
(b) Resolution of currents of less than 1 nanoampere;
(c) Testing of integrated circuits (not mounted on circuit boards) in
packages having more than a total of 24 terminals; or
Note:
(b) (7)(ii)(c) does not embargo equipment specially designed for and
dedicated to the testing of integrated circuits not embargoed by
Item IL 1564
(d) Measurement of rise times, fall times and edge placement times with
a resolution of less than 20 nanoseconds;
Technical Notes:
The terms 'integrated circuits' and 'assembly' are defined in Item IL 1564.
Notes:
1.Test equipment which is not of a general-purpose nature and which is
specially designed for, and dedicated to, testing 'assemblies' or a class
of 'assemblies' for home and entertainment applications is not
embargoed by (b)(7)(ii).
2. Test equipment which is not of a general-purpose nature and which is
specially designed for, and dedicated to, testing electronic com-
ponents 'assemblies' or integrated circuits specifically excluded by IL 1564
is not embargoed by (b)(7)(ii), provided such test equipment does not
incorporate computing facilities with user-accessible programming
capabilities;
(iii) Equipment specially designed for determining the performance of focal
plane arrays at wavelengths greater than 1200 nanometres, using 'stored-
programme controlled' measurements or computer-aided evaluation and
having any of the following characteristics--
(a) Using scanning light spot diameters of less than 0.12 mm (0.005 inch);
(b) Designed for measuring photosensitive performance parameters and for
evaluating frequency response, modulation transfer function,
uniformity of responsivity or noise;
(c)Designed for evaluating arrays capable of creating images of greater
than 32 x 32 line elements;
(iv) Specially designed for bubble memories;
(8)Class 10 filters capable of providing an environment of 10 or less particles
of 0.3 micrometer or more per cubic foot and filter materials therefor;
Note:
This sub-item also embargoes such equipment used or modified for use in the
manufacture or testing or other devices such as imaging devices, electro-optical
devices, acoustic wave devices, film memory devices.
Notes:
(1)For equipment which is used in the manufacture and processing of semiconductors
and semi-conductor materials and which is specially designed to employ lasers
or laser technology, see Item IL 1522.
(2)For the purpose of this item 'stored-programme controlled' is defined as a
control using instructions stored in an electronic storage which a processor
can execute in order to direct the performance of predetermined functions.
N.B.
Equipment may be 'stored-programme controlled' whether the electronic
storage is internal or external to the equipment;
(3) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b)(1) above is defined as follows-
(a) Equipment for producing polyerystalline silicon embargoed by Item
IL 1757(f) having & purity of 99.99 per cent or more in the form of
rods (ingots, boule), pellets, sheets, tubes or small particles;
(b) Equipment specially designed for purifying or processing III-V and II-VI
semiconductor miaterials covered by Item IL 1757, except crystal
pullers, for which see (c) belows;
(c) Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gas systems, as follows-
(1) Types with specially designed 'stored-programme controlled'
temperature, power input or gas, liquid or vapour flow;
(2) Diffusion, oxidation and annealing furnaces for operation at
pressures above 1 atmosphere (nominal);
(3) Annealing or re-crystallizing equipment other than constant
temperature furnaces employing high rates of energy transfer
capable of processing wafers at a rate greater than 50 square
centimetres per minute;
(4) Plasma-enhanced or photo-enhanced chemical reactor equipment;
(5)Equipment for automatic control of crystal taper and diameter,
except taper and diameter control mechanisms using any of the
following equipment techniques--
(i) Radiation pyrometers;
(ii) Thermocouples;
(iii) RF power sensors; or
(iv) Mass weighing (without digital or anomaly control permitting
the growth of semi-conductors);
(6) Crystal pullers having any of the following characteristics.
(i) Rechargeable without replacing the crucible container;
(ii) Capable of operation at pressures above or below 10 5 pascals (1
atmosphere absolute);
(iii) Capable of pulling crystals of a diameter greater than 76.2mm
(3 inches);
(iv) Specially designed to minimize convection currents in the
melt by the use of magnetic fields or multiple crucibles;
(v) Capable of pulling sheet or ribbon crystals;
(7) Vacuum induction-heated zone-refining equipment for operation
at a pressure of 0.01 pascal or less;
(d)Equipment for epitaxial growth having any of the following
characteristics--
(1) Operation at pressures below 10 5 pascals (1 atmosphere absolute);
(2) 'Stored-prograrmme controlled';
(3) Rotating vertical-support, radiant-heated reactors;
(4) Specially designed for processing bubble memories
(5) Metal-organic chemical vapour deposition reactors;
(6) For liquid phase epitaxy;
(e) Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment;
(f) 'Magnetically-enhanced' sputtering equipment;
Technical Note:
'Magnetically-enhanced' refers to equipment incorporating a cathode
assembly having an integral magnetic struture for enhancing the plasma
intensity.
(g)Equipment designed for ion implantation, or for ion-enhanced or
photo-enhanced diffusion;
(h) Equipment for selective or non-selective removal by dry methods of
passivation layers, dielectrics, semi-conductor materials, resists or metals
except horizontal, cylindrical, plasma etchers without 'stored-programme
controlled', end-point detection, utomatic loading or rotating mecha-
semiconductor device manufacture;
N.B.
This sub-paragraph does not include vacuum sputtering equipment
designed to operate in the spitter etch mode.
(i)Equipment for semi-conductor device fabrication operating below 10 5
pascals (1 atmosphere absolute) for the chemical vapour deposition of
oxides, nitrides, metals and polysilicon;
N.B.
This sub-paragraph does not cover reactive sputtering equipment.
(j) Electron beam systems (including scanning electron microscopes), capable
of mask making or semi-conductor device processing and having any of
the following characteristics--
(1) Electrostatic beam deflection;
(2) Shaped, non-Gaussian beam profile;
(3) Beam blanking capability;
(4) Digital-to-analogue conversion rate greater than 3 MHz;
(5) Digital-to-analogue conversion accuracy greater than 12 bit;
(6)Target-to-beam position feedback control precision of 1 micrometre
or fine;
N.B.
This sub-paragraph does not cover electron beam depositionn systems,
and (3) above does not cover scanning electron microscopes equipped for
Auger analysis.
(k) Surface finishing equipment, specially designed for the processing of
semiconductor wafers and having any of the following characteristics-
(i) Waxless or non-adhesive mounting;
(ii) Double-sided simultaneous polishing or lapping;
(iii) Capable of polishing and lapping wafers exceeding 76.2 mm (3
inches) in diameter;
(iv) Lapping or polishing in two stages on the same machine;
(l)Interconnection equipment which may include common single or
multiple vacuum chambers specially designed to permit the integration
of equipment embargoed by this item into a complete system.
(4) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b)(2) above is defined as follows-
(a) Finished masks, reticles and designs, theyefor;
(b) Hard surface (e.g. chromium, silicon, iron oxide) coated 'substrates'
(e.g. glass, quartz, sapphire) for the preparation of masks having
dimensions exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches);
(e)Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment, for transforming schematic or logic
diagrams into designs for producing semiconductor devices or
integrated circuits, having any of the following functions
(1) Storage of pattern cells for subdivision of integrated circuits;
(2) Scaling, positioning, or rotation of pattern cells;
(3) Interactive graphic capabilities;
(4) Design rule and circuit checking;
(5) Circuit layout modification of the arrangement of the elements;
N.B.
'Software' which performs any of the functions in this sub-paragraph,
or which can be used for transient analysis, for logic analysis or logic
checking, for automatic routing or cell placement, for the generation of
test vectors or for process simulation is 'specially designed software'
embargoed by the heading of this Item.
(d) Mask fabrication machines using photo-optical methods as follows-
(1)Step and repeat cameras capable of producing arrays larger than 63.5
x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 inches), or capable of producing a single
exposure larger than 3.75 x 3.75 mm (0.15 x 0.15 inch) in the focal
plane, or capable of producing useful line widths of 3.5 micrometres
or less;
(2)Pattern generators specially designed for the generation and/or
manufacture of masks or the creation of patterns in photosensitive layers
and with placement precision finer than 10 micrometres;
(3)Mask fabrication equipment containing automatic adjustment of
focus or adjustment of the mask material into the focal plane;
(4)Equipment and holders for altering masks or reticles or adding
pellicles to remove defects;
(For electron-beam systems, see note (3)(j) above.)
(e) Mask, reticle pellicle inspection equipment as follows-
(1)For comparison with a precision of 0.75 micrometre or finer over an
area of 63.5 x63.5 mm (2.5x2.5 inches) or more;
(2)'Stored programme controlled' equipment with a resolution of 0.25
micrometre or finer and with a precision of 0.75 micrometre or
finer over a distance in one or two coordinates of 63.5 mm (2.5
inches) or more;
(3) :Stored-programme controlled' defect inspection equipment;
N.B.
Conventional scanning electron microscopes, excep when specially
designed and instrumented for automatic pattern inspection, are not
covered by this sub-paragraph.
(f) Align and expose equipment using photo-optical methods, including
projection image transfer equipment, capable of performing any of the
following functions--
(1) Production of a useful pattern size of less than 5 micrometres;
(2) Alignment with a precision finer than 1 micro-metre;
(3) Field coverage exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches);
(4) Wafer backside alignment;
(5) Automatic alignment by the sensing of patterns or index marks on
the substrate;
(6)Projection image transfer for processing slices (wafers) of 50.8mm
(2 inches ) or larger in diameter;
N.B.
Non-contacting (proximity) image transfer equipment is embargoed
only by (1) to (5) above.
(g) Electron beam, ion beam, or X-ray equipment for projection image
transfer;
(For laser equipment, see Note 1 above).
(h)Photo-optical or non-photo-optical step and repeat or partial field
equipment for the transfer of the image onto the wafer;
(i)Mask contact image transfer equipment for imaging a field larger than
76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches).
(5) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b)(4) above as defined as follows-
(a) Specially designed for the measurement of oxygen or carbon content in
semiconductor materials;
(b) Equipment for concurrent etching and doping profile analysis (employing
capacitance-voltage or current-voitage analysis techniques);
(c) Equipment for line-width measurement with a resolution of 1.0 micro-
metre or finer;
(d) Specially designed flatness measurement instruments capable of measuring
deviations from flatness of 10 micrometres of less with a resolution of
1.0 micrometre or finer.
(6) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b)(5) above is defined as follows-
(a) 'Stored-programme controlled' die (chip) mounters and bonders with a
positioning accuracy finer then 50 micrometres or incremental steps
finer than 6.4 micrometres;
(b)'Stored-programme controlled' wire bonders and welders for performing
consecutive bonding operations;
(c)Equipment for produofng multiple bonds in a single operation (e.g. beam
lead bonders, chip carrier bonders, tape bonders).
(d)Semi-automatic or automatic hot cap scalers, in which the cap is heated
locally to a higher temperature than the body of the package, specially
designed for cerardic microcircuit packages embargoed by Item 1564 (b)
and which have a throughput equal to one package per minute or more.
N.B.
1 .General purpose resistance type spot welders are not covered by subitem
IL 1355 (b)(5).
2.Thermal compression bonders, also known as nailhead bonders, are
embargoed under the terms of this item.
(7) Equipment covered by sub-item (b)(6) above is defined as that which has any
of the following
(a)Positioning accuracy finer than 50 micrometres, or incremental steps
finer than 6.4 micrometres;
(b) Individual die location read-out (X-Y position information) during
testing;
(e) Capability of testing devices having more than a total of 24 terminals;
(d) Auto tic slice (wafer) alignment.
(8) Not used.
(9) Not used.
IL 1356 Equipment specially designed or incorporating modifications for the continuous
coating of polyester-base magnetic tape embargoed by Item IL 1572, and specially designed
components therefor.
Note:
This Item does not embargo general purpose continuous coating equipment.
IL 1357Equipment, technical data and procedures for the production of fibres covered by Item IL
1763 or their composites, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories
and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a) Filament winding machines of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and
winding fibres are coordinated and programmed in three or more axes, specially
designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from fibrous and
filamentary materials; coordinating and programming controls therefor;
(b)Tape-laying machines of which the motions for positioning and laying tape and
sheets are coordinated and programmed in two or more axes, specially designed for
the manufacture of composite airframes and missile structures;
(c) Interlacing machines, including adapters and modification kits, for weaving,
interlacing or braiding fibres to fabricate composite structures, except textile
machinery which has not been modified for the above end-uses;
(d)Specially designed or adapted equipment for the production of fibrous and
filamentary materials covered by sub-items IL 1763 (a) and (b), as follows:
(1)Equipment for converting polymeric fibre (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon,
or polycarbosilane) including special provision to strain the fibre during
heating;
(2)Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements or compounds on heated
filamentary substrates; and
(3)Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium
oxide);
(e) Specially designed or adapted equipment for special fibre surface treatment or for
producing prepregs and preforms covered by Item IL 1763 (c);
Note:
Equipment covered by this sub-item, includes but is not limited to rollers, tension
stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies.
(f) Technical data (including processing conditions) and procedures for the
regulation of temperature, pressure or atmosphere in autoclaves when used for
the production of composites or partially processed composites using materials
covered by Item IL 1763.
Explanatory Note:
Specially designed or adapted components and accessories for the machines
covered by this item include, but are not limited to, moulds, mandrels, dies,
fixtures and tooling for preform pressing, curing, casting, sintering or bonding of
composite structures or laminates covered by Item IL 1763 (d).
IL 1358 Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing of devices and assemblies
thereof embargoed by Item 1588 or magnetic recording media described in Item IL
1572, as follows, and specially designed components and 'specially designed software'
therefor--
Technical Note:
For this item, single aperture forms described in Item IL 1588 (b) with a maximum
dimension less than 0.76 mm (30 mils) are considered embargoed types.
(a) Equipment for the manufacture of single and multi-aperture forms embargoed by
sub-items IL 1588 (b), (c) or (d), as follows:
(1) 'Automatic' presses to produce embargoed types;
(2) Press dies to produce embargoed types;
(3) 'Automati / for monitoring, grading, sorting, exercising or testing
(b)Equipment for the manufacture of thin film memory storage or switching devices
having square hysteresis loops and 'automatic' equipment for monitoring, grading,
sorting, exercising or testing devices embargoed by sub-item IL 1588 (e).
(c)'Automatic' equipment for monitoring, exercising or testing assemblies of
devices embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), (c), (d) or (e);
(d)Equipment which incorporates specially designed modifications for the
application of magnetic coating to flexible disk recording media with a 'packing
density' exceeding 2 460 bit per cm (6 250 bit per inch);
Note:
This Item does not embargo general purpose coating equipment.
(e) Equipment specially designed for the application of magnetic coating to non-
flexible (rigid) disk type recording media as described in Item IL 1572 (d);
(f) Stored programme controlled equipment for monitoring, grading, exercising or
testing recording media, other than tape, embargoed by Item IL 1572 (d).
Note:
The term 'automatic' refers to machinery not required the assistance of a human
operator to complete its 'function(s)' during each complete cycle of operations.
N.B.
The term 'function(s)' does not include the initial loading or final unloading of
material from the machine.
IL 1359 Specially designed tooling and fixtures for the manufacture of fibre-optic connectors
and couplers embargoed by Item IL 1526 (f).
IL 1360 'Stored-programme controlled' equipment capable of automatic X-ray orientation and
angle correction of double-rotated stess-compensated (SC) quartz crystals embargoed
by Item IL 1587 with a tolerance of 10 seconds of arc maintained simultaneously in
both angles of rotation.
(For the definition of 'stored-programme controlled' see Item IL 1355.)
IL 1361 Test facilities and equipment for the design or development of aircraft or gas turbine
acro-engines, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and 'specially
designed software' therefor--
i
(a) Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5), hypersonic (Mach 5 to Mach 15) and hyper-
velocity (above Mach 15) wind tunnels, except wind tunnels specially designed for
educational purposes and having a 'test section size' (measured internally) of less
than 25 cm (10 inches), (By 'test section size' is understood the diameter of the
circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle constituting
possible shapes of the test section);
a
(b)Devices for simulating flow-environments of Mach 5 and above, regardless of the
actual Mach number at which the devices operate, including hot shot tunnels,
plasma are tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns;
(c)Wind tunnels and devices, other than two dimensional (2-D) sections, that have
unique capapilities for simulating Reynolds number flow in excess of 25 x 10 6, at
transonic velocities;
(d) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including sensors), and automated
data-acauisition equipment, specially designed for use with wind tunnels and
devices embargoed by (a), (b) or (c) above;
(e) Models, specially designed for use with wind tunnels or with the devices covered
by (b) or (c) above, of embargoed aircraft, helicopters, airfoils, spacecraft, space-
launch vehicles, rockets or surface-effect vehicles.
Note:
Specically designed models are those equipped with sensors and a means of transmitting
data from the sensors to the data-acquisition system, or equipped with
features for using non-intrusive sensors (i.e. not directly connected to the model
or not located in the flow adjacent to the model).
(f)Specially designed electromagnetic interference and electromagnetic pulse
(EMI/EMP) simulators;
(g)Specially designed test facilities and equipment for the development of gas turbine
aero-engines and components, as follows:
(1)Special test facilities capable of applying dynamic flight loads, measuring
performance or simulating the design operating environments for rotating
assemblies or acro-engines;
(2) Test facilities, test rigs and simulators for measuring combustion system and hot
gas flow path performance heat transfer and durability for static
assemblies and acro-engine components;
(3)Specially designed test rigs, equipment or modified gas turbine engines which
are utilized for development of gas turbine aero-engine internal flow systems
(gas path seals, air-oil seals and disc cavity flow fields).
IL 1362 Vibration test equipment as follows-
(a) Vibration test equipment using dligial control techniques and specially designed
ancillary equipment and 'specially designed software' therefor, except:
(i) Individual exciters (thrusters) with a maximum thrust of less than 100 kN
(22 500 lb);
(ii) Analogue equipment;
(iii) Mechanical and pneumatic exciters (thrusters);
(iv) Vibrometers;
(v) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565, or 1568;
(b)High intensity acoustic test equipment capable of producing an overall sound
pressure level of 140 dB or greater (referenced to 2 x 10 - 5 N/m2) or with a rated
output of 4 kW or greater and specially designed ancillary equipment and 'specially
designed software' therefor, except:
(i) Analogue equipment;
(ii) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565 or 1568;
(c) Ground vibration (including modal survey) test equipment that uses digital
control techniques and specially designed ancillary equipment and 'specially
designed software' therefor, except
(i) Analogue equipment;
(ii) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565 or 1568;
Explanatory Notes:
Vibration and acoustic test systems typically consist of one or more exciters (thrusters),
or acoustic noise generators, together with ancillary equipment for instrumentation,
control, data acquisition and analysis. This Item covers only the vibration and acoustic
test equipment itself. The ancillary equipment, e.g. digital and logic instrumentation,
computers, FFT's, etc, are to be judged in their own right against the relevant items of
these Lists.
IL 1363 Specially designed water tunnel equipment, components, accessories and 'databases'
for the design and development of vessels, as follows, and 'specially designed software'
therefor-
(a) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) and data
acquisition equipment specially designed for water tunnels;
(b) Automated equipment to control air pressure acting on the surface of the water
in the test section during the operation of the water tunnel;
(c) Components and accessories for water tunnels, as follows-
(1) Balance and support systems;
(2) Automated flow or noise measuring devices; and
(3) Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface-effect vehicles, SWATH vessels and
specially designed equipment and components embargoed by Item IL 1416
(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g) and (h) for use in water tunnels;
(d) 'Databases' generated by use of equipment embargoed by this Item.
Explanatory Note:
The water tunnels referred to in this Item are used for the hydrodynamic testing of
a fixed model, using a moving fluid.
IL 1364 Machinery and equipment for the manufacture of hydrofoil vessel and surface-effect
vehicle and SWATH vessel structures and components, as follows, and specially
designed components and accessories therefor-
(a) Specially designed equipment for manufacturing anisotropic, orthotropic or
sandwich structures embargoed by Item IL 1416 (h)(3);
Technical Notes:
1 . Anisotropic construction is the use of fibre reinforcing members aligned so
that the load-carrying ability of the structure can be primarily orientated in
the direction of expected stress.
2. Orthotropic construction is a means of stiffening plates in which the structural
members are at right angles to each other.
3.Sandwich construction is the use of structural members or plates which are
fabricated and permanently affixed in layers to enhance their strength and
reduce their weight.
(b) Specially designed equipment for the production and testing of flexible materials
for skirts, seals, air curtains, bags and figure for surface-effect vehicles;
(c)Specially designed equipment for the production of water-screw propellers and hub
assemblies and water-screw propellar systems embargoed by Item IL 1416 (e) and
(f);
(d)Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic balancing and
automated testing and inspection of lift fans for surface-effect vehicles;
(e) Specially designed equipment for the production of water-jet propulsion pumps
rated at 3 000 lip or greater, multiple-pump system equivalents thereof;
(f) Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic balancing and automatic
testing of AC-AC synchronous and AC-DC systems, sectored disc and
concentric-drum rotors for DC homopolar machines.
(See also Item IL 1416.)
IL 1365 Equipment specially designed for in-service monitoring of acoustic emissions in
airborne vehicles, or under vehicles embargoed by Item IL 1418, capable of
discriminating acoustic emissions related to crack growth from innocuous noise
sources and capable of spatial location of the crack, and specially designed
components, accessories and 'specially designed software' therefor.
Technical Note:
The methods used for discriminating acoustic emissions from innocuous noise sources
include pattern-recognition techniques.
IL 1370 Machine-tools for generating optical quality surfaces, specially designed components
and accessories therefor, as follows, and 'specially designed software' therefor
(a)Turning machines using a single point cutting tool and having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) Slide positioning accuracy less (finer) than 0.0005 mm per 300 mm of
travel, TIR (peak-to-peak);
(2)Slide positioning repeatability less (finer) than 0.00025 mm per 300 mm of
travel,TIR (peak-to-peak);
(3) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 min TIR (peak-to-peak);
(4) Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer) than 2
seconds of are (peak-to-peak) over full travels;
(5) Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001 mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR
(peak-to-peak);
(b) Fly cutting machines having both of the following characteristics-
(1) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak);
(2) Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer) than
2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over full travel;
(c) Specially designed components, as follows:
(1)Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearing as a minimal assembly,
except those assemblies with axial and radial axis motion measured along the
spindle axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than
0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak);
(2) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having all of the following
characteristics:
(i) Stroke greater than 200 mm;
(ii) Nominal force rating greater than 45 N;
(iii) Minimum controlled incremental movement less than 0.001 mm;
(d) Specially designed accessories, i.e. single point dismond cutting tool inserts
having all of the following characteristics-
(1) Flawless and chip-free cutting edge when magnified 400 times in any direction;
(2) Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm;
(3) Cutting radius out-of-roundness less than 0.002 mm TIR (peak-to-peak).
Technical Note:
Machines will be evaluated under the conditions yielding the most accurate values,
including but not limited to the incorporation of control systems which permit
mechanical, electronic and 'software' compensation.
IL 1371 Anti-friction bearings, as follows-
(a) Ball and roller bearings having an inner bore diameter of 10 mm or less and
tolerances of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (or national equivalents) or better and either of the
following characteristics
(1) Made of special materials, i.e. with rings, balls or rollers made from any steel
alloy or other material (including not limited to high-speed tool steels,
Monel metal, beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal composites),
except the following: low-carbon steel, SEA-52100 high carbon chromium
steel, SAE-4615 nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-5144OC) stainless
steel (or national equivalents);
(2) Manufacture for use at normal operating temperatures over 15O'C (302'F)
either by use of special materials or by special heat treatment;
(b) Ball and roller bearing (exclusive of separable ball bearings and thrust ball
bearings) having an inner bore diameter exceeding 10 mm and having tolerances of
ABEC 7, RBEC 7 (or national equivalents) or better and either of the following
characteristics:
(1)Made of special materials, i.e. with rings, balls or rollers made from any steel alloy
or other material (including but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel
metal, beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal composites), except
the following : low-carbon steel, SAE-52100 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-
4615 nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-5144OC) stainless steel (or
national equivalents);
(2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures over 150'C (302'F)
either by use of special materials or by special heat treatment;
(e) Ball and roller bearing having tolerances better than ABEC 7 (or national
equivalents);
(d) Gas-lubricated foil bearings;
(e)Bearing parts usable only for bearings covered by this item, as follows: outer rings,
inner rings, retainer , balls, rollers and sub-assemblies.
Note:
This item is not intended to cover hollow bearings.
Explanatory Notes:
A Balls as covered by Item IL 1371 (e) may be identified among
balls manufactured to the tolerances in table 1 or closer;
B Rollers are covered by Item IL 1371 (e) may be identified among non-standard
rollers, that is, rollers falling outside of the tolerances for graded rollers for
standard bearings which are shown in table 2;
The above explanatory note applies to the rollers for bearings covered by sub-
items (a)(2) and (b)(2). It does not apply to rollers for bearings covered by sub-
itern (a)(1) and (b)(1), because these are indicated by virtue of materials used.
Illustrative examples of tolerances for graded rollers for non-standard bearings
are shown in table 3;
C Separable ball bearings are not viewed as including those bearings, one part of
which serves as an integral part of the equipment incorporating the beaning;
D Ceramic bearing as covered by Item IL 1371 consist of bearing elements (e.g.
balls, rollers or races) made from ceramic or hyorid (ceramic plus metal)
materials and designed to operate at temperatures over 150 oC and at DN
values equal to or greater than 1.5 x 10 6;
N.B.
DN is defined as the product of the bearing hore diameter in millimetres and
the bearing rotational velocity in revolutions per minute.
Tablel (see IL 1371, explanatory note A)
Sphericity of diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates the maximum permissible variation from
absolute roundness in all plant through the centre of the ball.
Diameter toleranre per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameter of the largest ball and
average diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container, may vary from the specific size for indicated grade.
Diameter toleiance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific size within the shipment, for the
grade indicated.
Table 2 (see IL 1371, explanatory note B)
Table 3 (see IL 1371, explanatory note B)
IL 1372 Techology for industrial gas turbine engines, as follows-
(a)Techology common to industrial gas turbine engines and gas turbine aero-engines is
covered by item IL 1460.
(b)Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and marine gas turbine
engines is covered by Item IL 1431.
Explanatory Notes:
1 . Core-section modules and specially designed components of industrial gas turbine
engines dervied from gas turbine aero-engines embargoed by Item IL 1460 or
marine gas turbine engines embargoed by Item II, 1431 shall be treated under the
provisions of those respective items.
2. Industrial gas turbine engines adapted as marine gas turbine engines are covered by
Item IL 1431.
IL 1385 Specially designed production equipment for compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelero-
meters and inertial equipment embargoed by Item IL 1485.
Technical Note:
Production equipment embargoed by this Item includes the following---
(a) For ring laser gyro equipment, the following equipment used to characterize
mirrors, having the threshold accuracy shown or better---
(1) Rectilinear scatterometer (10 ppm);
(2) Polar scatterorneter (10 ppm);
(3) Reflectometer (50 ppm);
(4) Profilometer (5 angstroms);
(b) For other inertial equipment -
(1) Intertial Measurement Unit (IMU) module tester;
(2) IMU platform tester;
(3) IMU stable element handling fixture;
(4) IMU platform balance fixture;
(5) Gyro tuning test station;
(6) Gyro dynamic balance station;
(7) Gyro run-in/motor test station;
(8) Gyro evacuation and fill station;
(9) Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings;
(10) Accelerometer axis align station;
(11) Acceleromete test station.
IL 1389 Technology for application to non-electronic devices to achieve---
-inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic surface modification coatings, specified in
column 3 of the Table below;
-on substrates speified in column 2 of the Table below;
-by processes as defined in Technical Note (a) to (h) and specified in column 1 of
the Table below:
and specially designed 'software' therefor.
TABLE
1. Coating
process[1]
1. Coating
process(l)
1. Coating
process [1]
1. Coating
process(1)
Footnotes:
(1) Coating proess includes coating repair and refurbishing as well as original coating.
(2)Multiple-stage coatings in which an element or elements are deposited prior to
application of the aluminide coating, even if these elements are deposited by
another coating process, are included in the term 'alloyed aluminide' coating, but
the multiple use of single' stage 'pack cementation' processes to achieve alloyed
aluminides is not included in the term 'alloyed alunlinide' coating.
(3) Multiple-stage coatings in which the noble metal or noble metals are laid down
by some other coating process prior to application of the aluminide coating are
included in the term 'noble metal modified alurninide' coating.
(4)Mixtures consist of infiltrated material, graded compositions, co-deposits and
multilayer deposits and are obtained by one or more of the coating processes
specified in this table.
(5)MCrAIX refers to an alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel or combinations
thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium, silicon or other minor additons in various
proportions and combinations.
(6) Aluminium alloys as a substrate in this Table refers to alloys usable at temperatures
above 500K (227oC).
(7)Corrosion resistant steel refers to AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) 300
series or equivalent national standard steels.
(8)Refractory metals as a substrate in this Table consist of the following metals and
their alloys: niobium (columbium), molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum.
(9)This Item does not embargo technology for single-stage 'pack cementation' of
solid airfoils.
Technical Note:
The definitions of processes specified in column 1 of the Table are as follows:
(a) 'Chemical Vapour Deposition' (CVD) is an overlay coating or surface
modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy, composite or ceramic is
deposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants are reduced or cembined in
the vicinity of a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired elemental, alloyed or
compounded materials on the substrate. Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction
process is provided by the heat of the substrate.
N.B. T
1. CVD includes the following processes-out-of-'pack', pulsating, controlled
nucleation thermal decomposition (CNTD) plasma enhanced or plasma
assisted.
2. 'Pack' denotes a substrate immersed in a powder mixture.
3. The gaseous material utilized in the out-of-'pack' process is produced using the
same basic reactions and parameters as the 'pack cementation' process,
except that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the powder
mixture.
(b) 'Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition' (EB-PVD) is an overlay coating
process conducted in a vacuum chamber, wherein an electron beam is directed
onto the surface of a coating material causing vapourization of the material and
resulting in condensation of the resultant vapours onto a substrate positioned
appropriately.
N.B.
The addition of gases to the chamber during the processing is an ordinary
modification to the process.
(c)'Electrophoretic Deposition' is a surface modification coating or overlay coating
process in which finely divided particles of a coating material suspended in a liquid
dielectric medium migrate under the influence of an electrostatic field and are
deposited on an electrically conducting substrate.
N.B.
Heat treatment of parts after coating materials have been deposited on the
substrate, in order to obtain the desired coating, is an essential step in the process.
(d) 'Pack Cementation' is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process
wherein a substrate is immersed in a powder mixture, a so-called 'pack', that
consists of:
(1) The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually aluminium, chromium,
Silicon or combinations thereof);
(2) An activator (normally a halide salt); and
(3) An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a retort which is heated to
between 1 030K to 1 375K for sufficient time to deposit the coating.
(e) 'Plasma Spaying' is an overlay coating process wherein a gun (spray torch), which
produces and controls a plasma, accepts powdered coating materials, melts
them and prope them towards a substrate, whereon an integrally bonded coating
is formed.
N.B.
1 . High velocit means more than 750 metres per second.
2. Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric pressure.
(f) 'Slurry Deposition' is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process
wherein a metalic or ceramic powder with an organic binder is suspended in a
liquid and is applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping or painting;
subsequently air or oven dried, and heat treated to obtain the desired coating.
(g) 'Sputtering' is an overlay coating process wherein positively charged ions are
acelerated by an electric field towards the surface of a target (coating material).
The kinetic energy of the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface
atoms to be released and deposited on the substrate.
N.B.
Triode, magnetron or radio frequency sputtering to increase adhesion of coating
and rate of deposition are ordinary modifications to the process.
(h) 'Ion implantation' is a surface modification coating process in which the element
to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated through a potential gradient and implanted
into the surface region of the substrate. The definition includes processes in which
the source of the ions is a plasma surrounding the substrate and processes in
which ion implantation is performed simultaneously with 'electron beam physical
vapour deposition' or 'sputtering'.
IL 1391 'Robots', 'robot' controllers and 'robot' 'end-effectors',
as follows, and specially
designed components and 'specially designed software' therefor--
(a)'Robots' having any of the following characteristics, and specially designed
components therefor:
Note:
'Robot' mechanical structures are included in specially designed components for the
above.
(1) Capable of employing feedback information on-line (real-time) from one or
more 'sensors' to generate 'programmes' or modify programmed instructions
or numerical programme data, except those using information derived only
from 'sensors' used to measure;
(i) The internal state of the 'robot', i.e. velocity, position (other than
inertial position measuring systems), drive motor current, voltage, fluid
or gas pressure or temperature;
(ii) Through-the-arc current (or voltage) for weld seam tracking; or
(iii) Binary or scalar values for:
(a) Position, via photo-electric, inductive or capacitive proximity
'sensors';
(b) Tool drive motor voltage or current or hydraulic/pneumatic
pressure
for determination of force or torque; and
(c) External safety functions;
(2)Specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to
expIosive munitions environments;
(3) Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines against externally induced
punctures caused by ballistic fragments (e.g. incorporating self-sealing lines)
and designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher than 839K
(566 oC, 1050'F);
(4)Specially designed for underwater use (i.e. incorporating special techniques or
components for sealing, pressure compensation or corrosion resistance);
(5) Operable at altitudes exceeding 30 000 metres;
(6)Specially designed for outdoor applications and meeting military
specifications therefor;
(7)Specially designed or rated for operating in an electromagnetic pulse (EMP)
environment;
(8) Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened beyond that necessary to
withstand normal industrial (i.e. non-nuclear industry) ionising radiation;
(9) Equipped with 'robot' manipulator arms which contain titanium-based
alloys covered by Item IL 1671 or fibrous and filamentary materials
covered by Item IL 1763;
(10) Equipped with precision measuring devices covered by Item IL 1532;
(11) Specially designed to move autonomously its entire structure through
threedimensional space in a simultaneously coordinated manner, except
systems in which the 'robot' moves on a fixed track;
Note:
This sub-item does not embargo 'robots' specially designed for household
use or those modified from household 'robots' for educational purposes
(pro-university) if not embargoed by the other provisions of this Item.
(b) Electronic controllers having any of the following characteristics:
Notes:
1 .For controllers capable of controlling numerically controlled machine-tools
or dimensional-inspection machines, see Item IL 1091.
2.For 'digital computers' either 'incorporated in' or 'associated with' but not
'embedded in' controllers, see Item IL 1565.
(1) Controllers specially designed to be part of a 'robot' embargoed by (a)(2)
to (8), (a)(10) or (11) above;
(2) Minimum programmable increment less (finer) than 0.001 mm per linear axis;
(3) Having more than one integral interface which meets or exceeds ANSI/IEEE
standard 488-1978, IEC publication 625-1 or any equivalent standard for
parallel data exchange;
(4) Capable of being programmed by means other than lead-through, key-in or
teach-pendant techniques;
(5) Word size exceeds 16 bit (excluding parity bit(s));
(6) Incorporating interpolation algorithms for an order of interpolation higher
than linear or circular;
(7)Permitting on-line (real-time) generation or modification of the programmed
path, velocity and functions other than the following:
(i) Manual velocity override;
(ii) Fixed linear or rotary axis offset;
(iii) Manual 'robot' path editing (including manual path compensation)
excluding 'source language' used to programme automatically the
'robot' path, velocity or function;
(iv) Branching to pre-programmed modification of 'robot' path, velocity or
function;
(v) Fixed cycles (e.g. macro instructions or pre-programmed sub-routines);
(vi) Key-in or teach-in modifications.
(e) 'End-effectors' having any of the following characteristics:
(1)Equipped with one or more 'sensors', except those used to measure the
parameters or values specified in (a)(1) (i), (ii) or (iii) above;
(2) Having integrated computer-aided data processing, except those using
'sensors' used to measure the parameters or values specified in (a)(1) (i),
(ii) or (iii) above;
(3) Equipped with an integral interface which meets or exceeds ANSI/IEEE
Standard 488-1978, IEC publication 625-1, or any equivalent
standard for parallel data exchange;
(4) Having any of the characteristics in (a)(2) to (8) and (a)(10) above.
(For other underwater manipulator mechanisms, see Item IL 1417).
Notes:
1 . Definitions of the terms used in this Item:
(a)A 'robot' is a manipulation mechanism which is reprogrammable,
multifunctional and capable of positioning or orientating material, parts,
tools or special devices through variable movements in three-
dimensional space. 'Robots' incorporate two or more closed or open loop
servo-devices (including stepping motors). They are reprogrammed by means
of the teach/playback method, an electronic computer or a
programmable logic controller. 'Robots' may be of the continuous path
or point-to-point variety and may use 'sensors'.
NB:
The above definition does not include the following devices:
(1)Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/tele-operator
controllable;
(2)Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated
moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed
programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by
fixed stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the
selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by
mechanical, electronic or electrical means;
(3)Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms
which are automated moving devices, operating according to
mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is
mechanically limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as pins or
cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles
are variable within the fixed programme pattern. Variations or
modifications of the programme pattern (e.g. changes of pins or
exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are accomplished
only through mechanical operations;
(4) Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms
which are automated moving devices, operating according to
mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is variable
but the sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from
mechanically
fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;
(5)Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems
manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins
and designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retieval.
(b)'End-effectors', include grippers, 'active tooling units' and any other
tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of the 'robot's'
manipulator arm(s);
NB:
An 'active tooling unit' is a device for applying motive power, process
energy or sensing to the workpicce.
(c)For the purposes of this Item, a 'sensor' is defined as a detector of a
physical phenomenon, the output of which (after conversion into a
signal that can be interpreted by a controller) is able to generate
'programmes' or modify programmed instructions or numerical
programme data. This include 'sensors' with machine vision, infrared
imaging, acoustical imaging tactile feel, inertial position measuring,
optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque measuring capabilities.
NB:
See ltem IL 1565 or 1566 for computer related terms.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
IL 1399 'Software' and technology for 'automatically controlled industrial systems', as
follows, to produce assemblies or discrete parts-
(a) 'Software' with all the following characteristics:
(1)Specially designed for 'automatically controlled industrial systems' which
include at least eight pieces of the equipment enumerated in Technical
Note (b)(1) to (9) below;
Notes:
1 .The 'digital computers' of the 'automatically controlled industrial
system' do not share a common 'main storage' but exchange
information by transmitting messages through a 'local area network'.
2. This sub-item does not release 'software' in source code.
(2)Integrating, in a hierarchical manner, while having access to data which
may be stored outside the supervisory 'digital computer', the
manufacturing processes with:
(i) Design functions; or
(ii) Planning and scheduling functions; and
(3) (i)Automatically generating and verifying the manufacturing data and
instructions, including selection of equipment and sequences of
manufacturing operations, for the manufacturing processes, fr orn
design and manufacturing data; or
(ii) Automatically reconfiguring the 'automatically controlled industrial
system' through re-electing equipment and/sequences of manufacturing
operation by 'real-time processing' of data pertaining to anticipated
but unscheduled events; and
This sub-item does not embargo 'software' which only provides rescheduling
of functionally identical equipment within 'flexible manufacturing units' using
prestored 'part' programmes and a prestored strategy for the distribution of the
'part' programmes.
(b)Technology for the design of 'automatically controlled industrial systems' which
will be used with the 'software' embargoed by (a) above, regardless of whether or
not the conditions of (a)(1) are met.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of this Item:
(a) An 'automatically controlled industrial system' is a combination of:
(1) One or more 'flexible manufacturing units'; and
(2)A supervisory 'digital computer' for coordination of the independent
sequences of computer instructions to, from and within the 'flexible
manufacturing units';
(b) A 'flexible manufacturing unit' is an entity which comprises a combination of
a 'digital computer' including its own 'main storage' and its own 'related
equipment', and at least one of the following:
(1) A machine tool or a dimensional inspection machine embargoed by
Item IL 1091 or 1370;
(2) A 'robot' embargoed by Item IL 1391;
(3) A digitally controlled spin-forming or flow-forming machine embargoed by
Item IL 1075;
(4) A digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL 1080, 1081, 1086 or
1088;
(5) Digitally controlled electric arc device embargoed by Item IL 1206;
(6) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL 1354 or 1355(b);
(7) Digitally contrlle equipment embargoed by Item IL 1357;
(8) Digitally controll electronic equipment embargoed by Item IL 1529; or
(9) A digitally controlled measuring system embargoed by Item IL 1532;
NB:
For the definitions of other terms in quotation marks, see Item IL1391, 1565 or 1566.
Explanatory Note: 1
Sub-item (a) above does not embargo 'software' (in 'machine executable form' only)
for industrial sectors other than nuclear, aerospace, shipbuilding, heavy vehicles,
machine building, microelectronics and electronics. It is also understood that this Note
does not release design technology specified in sub-item (b) above.
GROUP E
TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
IL 1401 Reciprocating diesel engine development and production technologies, including
'specially designed software', as follows:
(a) Development and production technology, including 'specially designed software',
for reciprocating, diesel engine ground vehicle propulsion systems having all of
the following specifications-
(1) A box volume of 1.2 m3 or less;
(2)An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents;
(3) A power density of more than 700 kW/m3 of box volume.
Technical Note:
The box volume is defined as the product of three perpendicular dimensions
measured in the following way:
Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel face;
Width: The greatest of the following:
(a) The outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover;
(b) The dimension of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or
(c) The diameter of the flywheel housing;
Height: The greater of the following:
(a) The dimension of the crankshaft centreline to the top plane of the valve cover
(or cylinder head) plus 2 times the stroke; or
(b) The diameter of the flywheel housing.
(b)Development and production technology for solid or dry film cylinder wall
lubrication permitting operation at temperatures in excess of 723K (450'C) measured
on the cylinder wall at the top limit of travel of the top ring of the piston.
IL 1416Vessels, surface-effect vehicles, water-screw propellers and hub assemblies, water-screw
propeller systems, moisture and particulate separator systems and specially designed
components, as follows-
(a) Hydrofoil vessels with automatically controlled foil systems which are capable of
speeds of above 40 knots in rough water (Sea State Five);
(b) Surface-effect vehicles, i.e. hovercraft, air cushion vehicles (both sidewall and
skirted varieties) and all variations of vehicles using the wing-in-ground effect for
positive lift;
(e)Small waterplane area twin-hull (SWATH) vessels having underwater hulls whose
cross-sectional area varies along the longitudinal axis between points two major
diameters from the bow and two major diameters from the stern;
Technical Note:
SWATH vessels are those which maintain buoyancy by means of submerged hulls
using slender struts to support the deck and superstructure of the vessel above the
waterline.
(d) Vessels incorporating:
(1)Equipment covered by any Munitions List Item, or by any of the
following Items IL 1485, 1501, 1502 and 1510;
(2) Degaussing facilities; or
(3)Close ventilation systems designed into the vessel which are designed to maintain
air purity and positive pressure regardless of the conditions external to the
vessel except where those closed ventilation systems are specially designed for and
incorporated in the vessel's medical facilities only;
Note:
This sub-item does not apply to vessels containing equipment covered by Items
1485, 1501, 1502 or 15 10 whose export has been previously authorized.
(e) Water-screw propellers and hub assemblies, as follows:
(1) Supercavitating propellers rated as greater than 10 000 hp;
(2)Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies rated at above 40 000 hp
capacity;
(f) Water-screw propeller systems, as follows:
(1) Contrarotating propeller systems rated at greater than 20 000 hp,
(2) Ventilated, base-ventilated and super-ventilated propeller systems;
(3)Systems employing pre-swirl and post-swirl techniques for smoothing the
flow into a propeller so as to improve propulsive efficiency of
(i) SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels, and surface-effect vehicles; or
(ii) Other vessels whose propeller rotational speed is above 200 rpm, or
having propellers with a rating exceeding 50 000 hp per shaft;
(g)Moisture and particulate separator systems which are capable of removing 99.9
per cent of particles larger than 2 micrometres in diameter with a Maximum
pressure loss of 1.6 kPa (16 millibar) for gas turbine engine air inlets
Note:
Technology control for the moisture and particulate separator systems covered by
this sub-item above is limited to the following:
(1) Technology for preventing water leakage around the filter stages; and
(2) Technology for integrating the components of such a system.
(h) Specially designe ocomponents for vessels covered by sub-items (a), (b) and (c)
above, as follows:
(1) Advanced hull forms which incorporate any of the following:
(i) Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels
(ii) Hulls for air cushion vehicles with trapezoidal planforms;
(iii) Hulls for surface-effect vehicles with catamaran-like sidewalls;
(iv) Hulls for wing-in-ground effect vehicles;
(v) Underwater hulls and struts for SWATH vessels;
(2) Fully submerged subcavitating or supercavitating hydrofoils;
(3) Lightweight structural components for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and
surface-effect vehicles, constructed using anisotropic, orthotropic or sandwich
construction methods.
Technical Notes:
1 . Anisotrctipic construction methods relate to the use of fibre reinforcing
members aligned so that the load-carrying ability of the structure can be
primarily orientated in the direction of expected stress.
2.Orthotropic construction methods relate to means of stiffening plates, in
which the structural members are at right angles to each other.
3. Sandwich construction methods relate to the use of structural members
or plates which are fabricated and permanently affixed in layers to
enhance their strength and reduce their weight.
(4) Flexible skirts, seals and fingers for surface-effect vehicles;
(5) Systems for automatically controlling the stability of SWATH vessels,
hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect vehicles;
(6) Power transmission shaft systems which incorporate composite material
components, for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect vehicles;
(7) Lightweight, high capacity (K factor greater than 150) gearing (planetary,
cross-connect and multiple input/output gears and bearings) for SWATH
vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles;
Technical Note:
For the K factor, see AGMA tables of K factor values (based on tooth profile,
pinion and gear materials and surface endurance limits).
(8)Water-cooled eletrical propulsion machinery (motor and generator),
including AC-AC synchronous and AC-DC systems, sectored-disc and concentric-
drum rotors for DC homopolar machines, for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels,
and surface-effect vehicles;
(9)Superconducting electrical propulsion machinery for SWATH vessels,
hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles;
(10) Lift fans for surface-effect vehicles, rated at greater than 400
hp;
(11) Waterjet propulsor systems rated at 3 000 input hp or greater for hydrofoil
vessels and surface-effect vehicles;
(See also Item ML, 9 on the Munitions List.)
(For marine gas turbine engines, see also Item IL 1431.)
specially designed components therefor:
(a) Automatically-controlled atmosphere-regeneration systems specially designed or
modified for submersible vehicles which, in a single chemical-reation cycle, ensure
carbon dioxide removal and oxygen renewal;
(b) Systems specially designed or modified for the automated control of the motion
of a submersible vehicle using navigation data and having closed-loop servo-
control(s) so as to:
(1) Enable the vehicle to move within ten metres of a predetermined point in the
water column;
(2) Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metres of a predetermined
point in the water column; or
(3) Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metres while following a cable
on or under the sea bed;
(c) Underwater vision systems, as follows:
(1) Television systems (comprising camera, lights, monitor and signal transmis-
sion equipment) specially designed or modified for remote operation with
a submersible vehicle, having a 'limiting resolution', when measured in the
air, more than 500 lines, using IEEE Standard 208/1960 or any equivalent
standard;
Technical Note:
'Limiting resolution' in television is a measure of resolution usually expressed
in terms of the maximum number of lines per picture height discriminated on a
test chart.
(2) Systems specially designed or modified for remote operation with a sub-
mersible vehicle employing techniques to minimize the effects of back-scatter,
such as range-gat illuminators;
(d)Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially designed or modified for use
with submersible vehicles and having any of the following characteristics;
(1)Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which
measure force or torque applied to an external object, distance from an
external object, or tactile sense between the manipulator and an external
object;
(2) Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques or by using a dedicated
stored-programme computer; or
(3) Capabl of exerting a force of 250 Newtons or more or a torque of
250 Newton-metres or more and using titanium based alloys or fibrous and
filamentary composite materials in their structural members;
(e) Photographic cameras and associated equipment specially designed or modified for
use nderwater, having a film format of 35 mm or larger, and capable of any of
the following:
(1) File advancement of more than 5 frames per second;
(2) Annotating the film with data provided
by a source external to the camera;
(3) Taking more than 250 full frame exposures without
changing the film;
(4) Autofocusing specially designed or modified for use underwater; or
(5) Operating
at depths of more than 1000 metres;
(f) Light systems specially designed or modified for use underwater, as follows:
(1) Stroboscopic lights capable of-
(i) ight output energy of more than 150 joules per flash; or
(ii)Flash rates of more than 5 flashes per second at a light output energy of
more than 10 joules per flash;
(2) Other lights and associated equipment, capable of operating at depths of more
than 1000 metres;
(For underwater 'robots', see Item IL 1391).
Notes:
1. This item does not embargo specially designed components for equipment which
would not have been embargoed had it not been modified.
2. Sub-item (a) above embargoes equipment using light metal peroxides such as K02
without covering the shipment of KO2 itself.
12 nS
3. Sub-item (b) above does not embargo automated control systems incorporated in
underwater bulldozers or trench-cutters not capable of operating at depths greater
than 100 metres and possessing only negative buoyancy.
4.sub-item (c) above does not embargo television cameras used merely through a
porthole.
5. Sub-item (d)(1) above does not embargo systems where force or torque are only
measured and then displayed to the operator.
IL 1418 Deep submergence vehicles, manned or unmanned, tethered or untethered, capable of
operating at depths exceeding 1000 metres, and specially designed or modified
associated systems, equipment, components and materials therefor, including but not
limited to the following---
(a) Pressure housings, or pressure hulls;
(b) Propulsion motors and thrusters;
(c) Hull penetrators or connectors.
(For syntactic foam, see Item IL 1759.)
(For hull penetrators for military use, see Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.)
(For manned underwater vehicles which may be discretely operated with an autonomy
equal to or greater than 10 hours, see Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.)
IL 1425 Floating docks, 'software' and technology therefor, as follows-
(a)Floating docks specially designed for use at remote locations (i.e. without support
from shore bases).
Notes:
These docks incorporate the following three facilities at least:
(1) Welding and pipelfitting repair shop(s);
(2) Electrical and eletronic repair shop(s);
(3) Mechanical repair or metal working (machine) shop(s);
and normally contain more than 3 000 kW (4 000 hp) of electrical power generation equipment.
(b)Floating docks specially equipped to permit the operation, maintenance or repair
of nuclear reactors;
(c) Floating docks having all the following characteristics:
(1) A lifting capacity of more than 40 000 short tons (36 364 metric tons).
(2) Larger than 120 metres in length and 30 metres in width, measured between
the pontoons;
(d)'Specially desighed software' for computer-controlled pumping and flooding
systems for the above floating docks, to permit the docking of listing vessels;
(e) Technology covered by this item is limited to the following:
(1)That portion of the design of a floating dock covered by sub-item (a) above
which relates to the incorporation of the three types of facilities described in
the Note to that sub-item; and
(2)Design, production and use of onboard floating dock facilities covered by sub-
item (b) above which permit the operation, maintenance and repair of
nuclear reactors.
IL 1431
Marine gas turbine engines (marine propulsion or shipboard power generation
engines), whether orginally designed as such or adapted for such use, and specially
designed components therefor
Notes:
1.Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbine engines and their specially designed
components which have been adapted for marine propulsion orl, shipboard
power generation does not re-embargo (or embargo, for industrial gas turbine
engines) the unmodified version of such engines and their specially designed
components (see also Item IL 1460).
2. Shipborad power generation does not include offshore platform applications.
3. Not used.
4.Core-section modules and specially designed components covered by Item IL
1460 shall be treated under the provisions of that Item even if the gas turbine
aero-engine has been modified for use in marine propulsion r shipboard power
generation.
IL 1460 Aircraft and helicopters, aero-engines and air-craft and helicopter equipment, and
technology therefor, as follows:
Note:
The provisions of this Item, do not release technology for computer-aided design (CAD)
or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or technology relating to
manufacturing equipment or hardware, embargoed by Items IL 1080, 1081, 1086, 1088,
1091,1312,1357,1361,1362,1371,1522, 1529 or any other item, for the production
or
evaluation of aero-engines, APUs, 'helicopter power transfer systems' or their
specially
designed components, or technology specific to production of superalloys as embargoed
by Item IL 1301.
(a)Aircraft and helicopters, except those which do not contain equipment covered by
the Munitions List or Items IL 1485 or 1501 (unless the export of such
equipment is eligible for national diseretion treatment under IL 1485 and IL
1501) and which are of types which are in bona fide normal civil use;
(b)Technology for aircraft and helicopter airframes, for aircraft propellers, and for
aircraft and helicopter airframe aircraft-propeller, and 'helicopter-rotor-systems'
components, as follows and 'specially designed software' therefor:
Technical Note:
'Helicopter-rotor-systems' consist of hubs, blades, blade attachments and upper
controls. Upper controls are those control elements located in the rotating
system including the swashplate if used.
(1)Design technology using computer-aided aerodynamic analyses for
intergration of the fuselage, propulsion system and lifting and control
surfaces to
optimize aerodynamic performance throughout the flight regime of an
aircraft;
(2) Technology for the design of active flight control systems, as
follows:
(i) Technology for configuration design for interconnecting multiple
microelectronic processing elements (on-board computers) to achieve
high-speed data transfer and high-speed data integration for control law
implementation;
(ii) Technology for control law compensation for sensor location and
dynamic airframe loads, i.e. compensation for sensor vibration environment
and for variation of sensor location from centre of gravity;
(iii) Technology for electronic management of systems redundancy and
data redundancy for fault detection, fault tolerance and fault isolation;
Note:
This sub-item does not embargo technology for the design of physical
redundancy in hydraulic or mechanical systems or in electrical wiring.
(iv) Technology for design of flight controls which permit in-flight
reconfiguration of force and moment controls;
Technical Note:
Active flight control systems function to prevent undesirable aircraft
motions or structural loads by autonomously processing outputs from
multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventative commands
to effect automatic control.
(3) Design technology for integration of flight control, navigation and
propulsion control data into a flight management system for flight path optimization;
(4) Design technology for protection of avionic and electrical sub-systems against
electromagnetic pulse (EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI)
hazards from sources external to the aircraft, as follows:
(i) Technology for design of shielding systems;
(ii) Technology for the configuration design of hardened electrical circuits
and sub-systems;
(iii) Determination of hardening criteria for the above;
(5)Technology for the design, production and reconstruction of adhesively
bonded airframe structural members designed to withstand operational
temperatures in excess of 120oC (248oF);
Note:
Airframe structural members mentioned in this sub-item do not include engine
nacelles and thrust reversers.
(6) Technology for the design and production or propeller blades constructed
wholly or partly of composite materials, and specially designed hubs therefor;
Note:
This sub-item does not embargo technology for the production of propeller
blades:
(a) Constructed wholly of wood or glass-fibre-reinforced plastics; or
(b)Which are constructed mainly of wood or glass-fibre-reinforced plastics;
and which use other materials only in the leading edge or tip.
(7) Technology for the design and production of digital electronic synchrophasers
specially designed for propellers; techenoliogy for the design of digital
electronic
controls for propellers; and technology for the production of digital
electronic
controls for the propellers described in (6) above;
(8) Technology for the design and production of active laminar flow control
lifting surfaces;
Note:
Design technology covered by this sub-item includes the data used to
substantiate the design approach.
(9)Technology for the development of helicopter multi-axis fly-by-night of fly-
by-wire controllers which combine the functions of at least two of the
following into one controlling element:
(i) Collective controls;
(ii) Cyclic controls;
(iii) Yaw controls.
(10) Technology for the development of 'circulation controlled' anti-torque or
directional control systems for helicopters;
Technical Note:
'Circulation-coptrolled' anti-torque and directional control systems utilise
air blown over aerodynamic surfaces to increase or control the forces
generated by the surfaces. Buried fan-in-fin anti-torque designs fitted or not
fitted with guide vanes such as the 'fenestron' are excluded from this
category.
(11) Technology for the development of helicopter rotor blades incorporating
variable geometry airfoils;
Technical Note:
Variable geometry arfoils utilize trailing edge flaps of tabs, or leading edge
slats or pivoted nose droop, which can be controlled in position in flight.
(12) Technology for the development of active control of helicopter blades and
other surfaces used to generate aerodynamic forces and moments;
Technical Note:
Active control (of helicopter blades and other surfaces use to generate
aerodynamic forces and moments) functions to prevent undesirable
helicopter vibrations, structural loads, or helicopter rotor dynamic
behaviour by autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors and
then providing necessary preventive commands to effect automatic
control.
(c) 'Helicopter power transfer systems' and technology therefor, except:
(i) Those 'helicopter power transfer systems' destined for use in 'civil
helicopters' only, as follows:
(1)Those which have been in civil use in bona fide 'civil helicopters' for
more than eight years;
(2)Those which it is considered do not contain, and were not fabricated
utilizing, any of the technologies shown in Note 9;
(3)Those for replacement in or servicing of specific, previously exported
helicopters;
(ii) Data not in the public domain resulting from 'helicopter power transfer
system' performance and installation design studies; fabrication technology,
or overhaul and refurbishing technology for specific 'helicopters power
transfer systems' in civil use in bona fide 'civil helicopters' for more than
eight years, unless they remain listed in Note 9;
Note:
'Helicopter power transfer system' performance and installation design data
do not include technology for: computer-aided design (CAD); computer-aided
design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric performance analysis,
engine analysis and selection, or component design utilizing unpublished
technical data.
(d)Gas turbine engines an auxiliary power units (APUs) for use in aircraft or
helicopters and technology therefor, except:
(i) Those destined for use in 'civil aircraft' or 'civil helicopters' only, as
follows:
(1) Jet, turborop and turboshaft aircraft engines in civil use in bona fide
'civil aircraft' or 'civil helicopters' for more than eight years, or which
it is considered do not contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, any of
the techologies shown in Note 8;
(2)Gas turoine powered aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide 'civil aircraft'
or 'civil helicopters' for more than eight years, or where it is considered
do not contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, any of the technologies
shown in Note 8;
(ii) Data not in the public domain resulting from aircraft performance and installation
design studies; fabrication technology, or overhaul and refurbishing
technology for specific gas turbine aero-engines or gas turbine powered
aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide 'civil aircraft' or 'civil helicopters' for
more than twelve years, unless they remain listed in Note 8;
Note:
Aircraft performance and installation design data do not include technology
for: computer-aided design (CAD); computer-aided design/manufacturing
(CAD/CAM); or parametric engine performance analysis, engine cycle analysis
and selection, or component aerodynamic design utilizing unpublished technical
data.
(e)Specially designed components for gas turbine engines, APUs and 'helicopter power
transfer systems', embargoed by (c) and (d) above, as follows:
(1) Embodying technologies listed under Notes 8 or 9;
(2) Hot-section components;
(3) Engine control system components;
(4) Gas turbine engine or APU rotor system components (including bearings);
Note:
(Acro-engines, APUs or 'helicopter power transfer systems' which have any
special feature designed for a military application are embargoed by the Munitions
List. See also Items IL 1485 and 1501. For technology relating to industrial gas
turbine engines, see Item IL 1372; for marine gas turbine engines and related
technology, see Item IL 1431.)
Notes:
1. 'Civil aircraft' and 'civil helicopters' are defined under Note 10.
2. The period of bona fide civil use referred to in sub-item (c) and (d) above begins
with the date that the particular engine or 'helicopter power transfer system'
(model and specifications) or its most recent modification was certita as
airworthy for commercial service or commercial navigability under the standards and
requirements of the government of the country in which it was manufactured.
However, it is recognized that many modifications which may require recertification may
pertain to minor safety or operational changes which do not significantly enhance
the performance of a particular gas turbine aero-engine or improve its reliability. It is
the intent for control purposes, that:
(a) A gas turbine aero-engine which is recertified as the result of incorporating
any technology listed in Note 8 will be treated as a newly certified engine.
Recertification which does not result from incorporation of such technology,
or modifications which do not require recertification by national authorities,
will not affect the current period of civil use of the engine;
(b) Modification of a gas turbine APU by incorporation of any technology listed
in Note 8 will cause it to he treated as a new APU. Other modifications will not
affect the current period of civil use of the APU;
(c)Modification of a 'helicopter power transfer system' by incorporation of
any technology listed in Note 9 will restart the control period for the
'helicopter power transfer system' as though it were newly certified in a
helicopter. Other modifications will not affect the current period of civil use
of the 'helicopter power transfer system'.
3.'Helicopter power transfer systems' referred to in sub-item (c) above are defined as
all those components which transfer power from the engine to the main and tail
rotor blade(s).
4. Exports of technolog, including transfer of skills and data, necessary for the
design, fabrication, assembly and production testing of gas turbine engines
embargoed by sub-item (d) above or of the specially designed components
embargoed by sub-item (e) are subject to the embargo except, for civil use only,
as provided in (a) to (g) below and in Notes 7 and 8. It is intended that export of
any of these technologies to a military end-user or for military end-use be subject
to the embargo. This Note does not remove from embargo computer-aided design
(CAD) or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only
technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be shipped as provided for in
the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). This Note also does not release technology
relating to manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL 1080,
1086, 1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361, 1522, 1529 or any other Item, for the
production or evaluation of gas turbine engines or their specially designed
components, or technology specific to production of superalloys as embargoed by
Item IL 1301.
(a)Technology, including transfer of skills and technical data, necessary for
aircraft performance analyses and installation design studies of specific gas
turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d)
above or of their specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e)
above shall be subject to the embargo for a period of twelve years, as
defined in Note 2, after those engines have entered into bona fide civil use. From
the
end of the embargo period, the above technology may be shipped to civil
end-users for civil end-uses.
(b)Fabrication technologies listed in Note 8 for gas turbine aero-engines or
aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for their
specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall remain
embargoed until those engines or APUs have been in civil use for more
than twelve years, as defined in Note 2, unless they remain listed in Note 8.
(c)Fabrication technology for gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine
APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above, or for specially designed
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any
technology listed in Note 8.
(d)Technology for assembly and production testing of gas turbine aero-engines
or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above, or of their
specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above.
(e)Technology for on-site installation, operation, maintenance and repair of
gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above.
(f)Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine engines or APUs
embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for specially designed components
embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which embody any technology listed in Note
8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have been in civil use
for more than twelve years, as defined in Note 2.
(g)Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine engines or APUs
embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for specially designed components
embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any technology
listed in Note 8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have
been in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.
N.B.
The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that:
(a) Technology as described in this Note, including unpublished data (all data
other than those generally available to the public), to be provided will be the
minimum necessary in content and quality for the purposes of the
transaction;
and
(b) It is considered that th specially designed components to be assembled into
gas turbine engines or APUs produced by the recipient with technology supplied
under this Note, an all the gas turbine engines and APUs thereby assembled,
will be for civil use as described in Note 10.
5. Exports of technology including transfer of skills and data, necessary for the
design, fabrication, assembly and production testing of 'helicopter power transfer
systems' embargoed by sub-item(c) above, or of the specially designed components
embargoed by sub-item (e) above, shall be subject to the embargo except, for
civil use only, as provided in (a) to (g) below and in Note 9. It is the intent that
export of any of these technologies to a military end-user or for military end-use
be subject to embargo. This Note does not remove from embargo computer-aided
design (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology.
Only technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be shipped as provided
for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). This Note also does not release
technology relating to manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by
Items IL 1088,1091,1312, 1357, 1371, 1522, 1529 or any other Item, for the
production or evaluation of 'helicopter power transfer systems' or their specially
designed components.
(a)Technology, including transfer of skills and technical data, necessary for
'helicopter power transfer systems' performance analyses and installation
design studies of specific 'helicopter power transfer systems' embargoed by
sub-item (c) above or of their specially designed components embargoed by
sub-item (e) above shall be subject to the embargo for a period of eight years, as defined
in Note 2, after those systems have entered into bona fide civil use. From the
end of the embargo period, the above technology may be shipped to civil
end-users for civil end-uses.
(b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 9 for 'helicopter power transfer
system' embargoed by sub-item (c) above or for specially designed
'helicopter power transfer system' components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall
remain embargoed until those technologies have been in bona fide 'civil helicopters'
in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2, unless
the technology remains listed in Note 9.
(c) Fabrication technology for 'helicopter power transfer systems' embargoed
by sub-item (c) above or for specially designed 'helicopter power transfer system'
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any
technology listed in Note 9.
(d)Technology for assembly and production testing of 'helicopter power
transfer systems' embargoed by sub-item (c) above or of their specially
designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above.
(e) Technology for on-site installation operation, maintenance and repair of
'helicopter power transfer systems' embargoed by sub-item (c) above.
(f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for 'helicopter power transfer
systems' embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or for specially designed
components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which embody any
technology listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those 'helicopter
power transfer systems' have been in civil use for more than eight years,
as defined in Note 2.
(g)Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for 'helicopter power transfer
system' embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or for specially designed components
embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody and technology listed
in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those 'helicopter power transfer
systems' have been in civil use for more than eight years as defined in Note
2.
N.B.
The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provide that:
(a)Technology as described in this Note, including unpublished technical data (all
data other than that generally available to the public), to be provided will be
the minimum necessary in content and quality for the purposes of the
transaction; and
(b) It is considered that the specially designed components to be assembled into
'helicopter power transfer systems' produced by the recipient with technology
supplied under this Note, and the 'helicopter power transfer systems' thereby
assembled will be for civil use as described in Note 10.
6. Not used.
7.This Item does not embargo for civil gas turbine engines, APUs and 'helicopter
power transfer systems' and modifications (and technology therefor) certified or
re-certified for civil use, as described in Note 2 prior to the 1st January 1979, and
not embargoed by the following definitions:
Helicopters over 4 530 kg (10 000 lb) empty weight, and power transmissions
systems therefor;
Note:
Empty weight is understood to include normal installation and normal minimum
crew, but does not include fuel pay-load.
Aero-engines, as follows:
(i) Piston engines;
(ii) Jet engines of less than 2 265 kg (5 000 lbs) thrust;
(iii) Turboprop or turboshaft engines of less than 2 500 horsepower or with a
residual thrust of less than 453 kg (1000 Ibs).
8.Sub-item (d) above does not embargo for use in bona fide 'civil aircraft' or 'civil
helicopters' those engines which it is considered contain none of the technologies
listed. Gas turbine engines embodying any of these technologies shall remain under
embargo until the technology has been in civil use for eight years, as defined in Note
2, after the initial certification date (shown in table 1). The following
technologies shall remain under control for twelve years after the initial certifica-
tion date of the engine in (shown in table 1), unless the expiration date of the
embargo period is extended;
9.Sub-item (c) above does not embargo for use in bona fide 'civil helicopters' those
'helicopter power transfe systems' which it is considered contain none of the
technologies listed below. 'Helicopter power transfer system' embodying any of
these technologies, and these technologies themselves, shall remain under control
for eight years after the initial certification date (shown in table 2), unless the
expiration date is extend :
10. The terms 'civil aircraft' and 'civil helicopters' are understood to include only
those types of civil aircraft and helicopters which are listed by designation in
published airworthiness certification lists by the civil aviation authorities to fly
commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil, private or
business use. The total number of aircraft or helicopters (and aero-engines or
'helicopter power transfer systems') by type which may be included within the
terms 'civil aircraft' and 'civil helicopters' shall not exceed that number which
appears to constitute a reasonable requirement for operation of published
scheduled services or for legitimate civil, private or business use.
11. Not used.
Table 1 (see IL 1460 (b) 8)
I. Materials and manufacturing Initial certi- Type certifi-
procedures fication date Engine cate number
Ceramic, ceramic-composite or composite hot-section components
(combuster, turbine blades and venes, seals, discs, flow path) -- None --
Turbine blades on basis of directional solidification or monocrystal
technology
- directional solidification 30/09/74(*) JT9D-7F E20EA
- monocrystal technology 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 E3NE
Turbine blades consisting of several parts connected by diffusion
bonding -- None --
Fibre technology in frames or in highly stressed discs, casings, blades
and vanes -- None --
Protective coating technology for air-cooled turbine blade and vanes
with internal and external cooling passages and their related flow
paths capable of operating in high gas temperatures environments
(in excess of 1 4990C), irrespective of the actual gas temperature
environment in which they will be used; involving applications or
metallic or ceramic materials by vapour, pack, plasma, elctron beam,
sputtering or sintering processes
Matallic coatings 30/09/74 JT9D-7F E20EA
- plasma sprayed -- None --
- other -- None --
Ceramic coatings -- None --
Application of powder metallury for fan compressor and turbine
blades of vanes; discs, wheels, reduction gears, engine main safts
and frames
- discs 01/78 JT8D-17 E2EA
- fan, compressor and turbine blades or vanes wheel , reduction
gears, engine main shafts and frames -- None --
Cooled components on basis of electrostream or laser drilling
methods;
- eleetrostream, drilling 30/09/74 JT9D-7F E20EA
- laser drilling 16/09/70(**) CF6-6 E23EA
Electron beam drilling for small holes in turbine blades and vanes
(Item IL 1080 I (c) sets out the parameteholes) - None --
Titanium or superalloy-casting on basis of centrifugal techniques 13/01/78 TFE-731 E6WE
Ceramic core casting technology for casting holes in turbine blades
and vanes 07/04/71(***) JT8D-15 E2EA
II. Construction methods
Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control system for:
- fans -- None --
- gas generator turbine(s) -- None --
- fan/power turbinc(s) -- None --
- propelling nozzles -- None --
(Adjustable flow path geomery and associated control systems do not include inlet guide vanes, variable pitch fans,
variable stators or bleed valves for compressors.)
Full authority or hybrid digital electronic control and respective
sensor equipment 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 E3NE
High temperature (capable of utilizing gases heated above 1 100oc)
heat exchanges for preheating compressor exit air -- None --
Combustors with combustion in several stages 08/11/79 CFM-56 E2GL
Maintenance of compressor or turbine tip clearance through methods
employing active compensating casing technology:
- compressor alone -- None --
- turbine alone 01/04/81 JT9D-7R4E1 E3NE
- compressor and turbine -- None --
Ceramic bearings -- None --
Nozzles with thrust vectoring (not including reverse thrust) -- None --
N.B. Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by
the deletion of any technology from the above list.
(*) Embargo period extended by three years to 30 September 1989.
(**) Embargo period extended by three years to 16 September 1988.
(***) Embargo period extended by three yews to 7 April 1989.
Table 2(see IL 1460 (b) 9)
I. Materials and manufacturing Initial certi- Type certifi-
procedures fication date Helicopter cate number
A. Rotor heads, containing:
- Hot-isostatically pressed materials -- None --
B. Gear boxes, containing:
- Novikoff-type gears -- None --
- Gears or gear support structures
based on materials applying -- None --
- directional solidification or
monocrystal technology -- None --
- High contact-ratio double-helical (arrow-shaped) gears None
- Fibre technology None
- Hot-isostatically pressed components None
- Gear tooth surfaces hardened by vacuum carburizing or ion
nitriding None
C. Drive shaft system containing supercritical drive shaft None
II. Construction methods
A. Components fabricated by diffusion bonding None
B. High-survivability loss-of-lubrication technology for high-speed
bearings (DN equal to or greater than 2.4 million where D is
expressed in millimetres and N in rpm) None
N.B. Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by the
deletion of any technology from the above list.
IL 1465 'Spacecraft' and launch vehicles, as follows-
(a) 'Spacecraft', manned or unmanned (not including their payloads);
Note:
For controls applicable to products contained in 'spacecraft' payloads, see the
appropriate List items.
(b) Launch vehicles;
(c)Propulsion systems, guidance equipment, attitude control equipment; and
onboard communications equipment for remote control of the equipment
embargoed by sub-items (a) or (b) above; ;
(d) Specially designed components for the above.
Technical Note:
'Spacecraft' are defined as active and passive satellites and space probes.
Note:
Scientific-mission space probes which do not contain equipment either covered by
sub-item (c) above or covered by any other item on these Lists are not covered by
this item.
IL 1485 Compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers and inertial equipment, and specially
designed 'software' therefor, as follows; and specially designed components therefor-
(See also Items IL 1385 and 1465.)
(a) Gyro compasses with provision for determining and transmitting ship's level
reference data (roll, pitch) in addition to own ship's course data;
(b) Integrated flight instrument systems which include gyrostabilisers or automatic
pilots for aircraft and specially designed intergration 'software' therefor, except
those systems which integrated solely for VOR/ILS navigation and approaches;
Explanatory Note:
An integrated flight instrument system is a primary instrument display system of
attitude and azimuth with facilities for giving manoeuvre guidance information to
the pilot and often integrated with an autopilot ot the extent of embodying a
common unit for setting up the required demands.
(c) Gyro-astro compasses and other devices which derive position or orientation by
means of automatically tracking celestial bodies;
(d) Gyro-stabilisers used for other purposes than aircraft control except those for
stabilising an entire surface vessel;
(e)Automatic pilots used for purposes other than aircraft control and specially
designed integration 'software' therefor, except marine types for surface vessels;
(f)Accelerometers with a threshold of 0.005 g or less or a linearity error within 0.25 per
cent of full scale output or both, which are designed for use in inertial navigation
systems or in guidance systems of all types;
(g)Gyros with a rated free directional drift rate (rated free precession) or less than
0.5 degree (1 Sigma or r.m.s.) per hour in a 1 g environment;
(h)Continuous output accelerometers which utilize 'servo' or 'force balance'
techniques and gyros, both specified to function at acceleration levels greater
than 100 g;
(i)Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers embargoed by sub-items (f) or
(h) above or gyros embargoed by sub-item (g) or (h) above, and systems
incorporating such equipment, and specially designed integration 'software'
therefor;
(j) Specially designed test, calibration and alignment equipment for the above.
GROUPS F AND G
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INCLUDING COMMUNICATIONS,
RADAR, COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
See also Item ML 11
N. B.
Broadcast and television receivers of the domestic type are expressly exempt from control
IL 1501 Navigation, direction finding radar and airborne communication equipment, as
follows-
(See also Item IL 1485(b) an (i), 1573 and 1574.)
(a) Airborne communication equipment having any of the following characteristics,
and specially designed components and 'specially designed software' therefor:
(1) Designed to operate at frequencies greater than 156 MHz;
(2) Incorporating facilities for:
(i) The rapid selection of more than 200 channels per equipment; or
(ii)Equipment using frequency synthesis techniques (see also Item IL 1531);
except equipment operating in the frequency range of 108 to 136 MHz
with 720 channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz spacing, and which
has been in normal civil use for at least one year;
(3) Rated for continuous operation over a range of ambient temperatures
extending from below - 55'C to above + 55oC;
(4) Designed for modulating methods employing any form of digital modulation
using time and frequency redundancy such as 'Quantized Frequency
Modulation' (QFM);
(b) Navigation and direction finding equipment, as follows, specially designed
components and 'specially designed software' therefor, and specialized testing,
calibrating and training/simulating equipment therefor:
(1) Airborne navigation equipment and direction finding equipment, as
follows:
(i) Designed to make use of 'Doppler' frequency phenomena;
(ii) Utilizing the constant velocity or the rectilinear propagation charac-
teristics of electro-magnetic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14Hz (0.75 microns);
(iii) Radio altimeters, the following:
(a) Pulse modulated;
(b)Frequency modulated having a displayed electrical output accuracy
better than +0. 914 m (+ 3 ft) over the range between 0 and 30.4 m
(100 ft) or better than +3 per cent above 30.4 m (100 ft);
(c)Frequency modulated which have been in normal civil use for less
than one year;
Technical Note:
The accuracy is related to that provided by the electrical output circuits
of the altimeter at any altitude. The word accuracy also refers to the
equipment's accuracy over time. This accuracy over time is defined for
the instrument itself without reference either to a calibrated value or to
a designated electrical value.
(iv) Direction finding equipment operating at frequencies greater than 5 MHz;
(v) Rated for continuous operation over a range of ambient temperatures
extending from below - 551C to above +55oC.
Note:
Direction finding equipment specially designed for search and rescue
purposes and operating at a frequency of 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz is not
covered by this sub-item. This exclusion also applies to personal locator
beacons operating in this form and which may also have an additional
channel selectable for voice mode only.
(2)Ground and marine equipment for use with airborne navigation equipment
utilizing the constant velocity or the rectilinear propagation characteristics
of electromagnetic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 ' Hz (0. 75
micron);
(3)Ground and marine direction finding equipment operating at frequencies
greater than 30 MHz;
(4)Timing receivers whose only function is automatically providing time
derived from satellite signals to within 1 millisecond of Universal Coordinate
Time (UCT) or better;
(5)Ground or marine navigation and geodetic positioning systems designed for
use with satellite-provided timing positioning or navigation information;
(c)Radar equipment as follows, and specially designed components, specialized
testing, calibrating and training/simulating equipment, and 'specially designed
software' therefor:
(For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522)
(1) Airborne radar equipment;
(2)Ground and marine radar equipment having one or more of the following
features:
(i)Operating at a frequency not in normal civil use or at a frequency of
more than 10.5 GHz;
(ii) Operating at a frequency of less than 1.5 GHz and having a peak output
power from the transmitter greater than 2.5 MW; or operating at a
frequency within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a peak output
power from the transmitter greater than 1.5 MW; or operating at a
frequency within the range of 3.5 to 6 GHz and having a peak output
power from the transmitter greater than 1 MW; or operating at a
frequency within the range of 6 to 10.5 GHz and having a peak output
power from the transniitter greater than 500 kW;
(iii) Operating at a frequency of less than 3.5 GHz and having an 80 per
cent or better probability of detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space
range of 250 nautical miles; or operating at a frequency within the range
of 3.5 t 10.5 GHz and having an 80 per cent or better probability of
detection for 10 sq.m. target at a free space range of 100 nautical miles;
(iv)Utilizing other than pulse modulation with a constant or staggered pulse
repetition frequency, in which the carrier frequency of the transmitted
signal is not changed deliberately between groups of pulses, from pulse
to pulse, or within a single pulse; except civil commercial airport radars
using a carrier frequency that may change from pulse to pulse between
two fixed frequencies separated in time and in frequency by constant
magritudes;
(V) Utilizing a Doppler technique for any purpose other than M.T.I.
systems using a conventional double or triple pulse delay line cancellation technique;
except those utilized for surveillance and control radars for aerial
navigation in civil airports;
(Vi) Including any digital signal processing techniques used for automatic
target tracking, or having a facility for electronic tracking;
(vii) Including signal processing techniques other than those covered by sub-
item (vi) above, which have been in normal civil use for a period of less
than two years;
(viii) In the case of ground radar, having been in commercial use for a period
of less than one year.
Notes:
1 .Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of specially
designed 'software' or technology for navigation, direction finding, radar and
airborne communication equipment, or technology for specially designed com-
ponents therefor, except for the minimum 'software' and technology for the use
(i.e. the installation, operation and maintenance) of the following equipment.
This Item does not embargo the following:
(a) Standard commercial airborne equipment listed in sub-item (b)(1) (ii) above
needed to equip civil aircraft (see Note 10 to IL 1460) or as normal standard
equipment incorporated in civil aircraft being exported for civil commercial
use provided, such equipment is in conformity with ICAO standards and
assures no function exceeding those resulting from such standards, is not
designed to use satellite-broadcasted navigation signals and is not designed
to make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3 MHz. (Standard
commercial airborne equipment designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at
frequencies of less than 3 MHz may be exported if coordinate conversion
equipment, which has been in normal civil use for less than one year, or which
could not be shipped under the provisons of Item IL 1565, is not included and
is not separately supplied.) Normal civil equipment released by this paragraph
consists of: Marker beacons, ILS, VOR ('OMNI'), Omega, Loran A and B;
(b) Ground and marine equipment listed in sub-item (b)(2) above, for use with
airborne navigation equipment using the constant velocity or rectilinear
propagation characteristics of electromagnetic waves having a frequency less
than 4 x 10 14 Hz (wavelength 0.75 micro-metre), provided the ground
equipment is for use at civil airports or for civil use in association with civil
airborne equipment, and:
(1) Is in conformity with ICAO standards and assures no function exceeding
those resulting from such standards;
(2)Is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than
3 MHz;
(c)Equipment listed in sub-item (b)(5) above which is restricted to use with TRANSIT
satellite systems or other unembargoed systems and which is not
also embargoed by sub-item (b)(4) above;
(d) Secondary radar equipment embargoed by sub-item (c) above specially designed
for civil air traffic identification and control purposes;
(e) Equipment assemblies for civil marine automatic radar plotting aids or electronic
relative motion analyzers designed to achieve the requirements published by
the International Maritime Organization in accordance with the Safety of Life
at Sea (SOLAS) conventions, provided the designed tracking speeds do not
exceed relative values of greater than 150 knots (77.1 metres/second);
(f) Ground radar of the hand-held and automobile-mounted type used for
vehicle speed monitoring by police authorities and operating in the frequency
band from 10.5 to 10.55 GHz.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
IL 1502 Communication, detection or tracking equipment of a kind using ultra-violet radiation,
infrared radiation or ultrasonic waves; and specially designed components and 'specially
designed software' therefor.
Notes:
1.This Item is intended to cover infrared or ultra-violet sensing devices not
otherwise embargoed by Munitions List Item ML 15 and which contain image
intensifiers embargoed by Item IL 1555.
2.The item is not intended to embargo ultrasonic devices which operate in contact
with a controlled material to be inspected, or which are used for industrial
cleaning, sorting or materials handling, industrial and civilian intrusion alarm,
traffic and industrial movement control and counting systems, medical
applications, emulsification, homogenization, or simple educational or
entertainment devices.
3.
This item is not intended to embargo underwater ultirasonic communications
equipment designed for operation with amplitude modulation and having a
communications range of 500 m or less (Sea State 1), a carrier frequency of 40
to 60 kHz and a carrier power supplied to the transducer of 1 W or less.
4. This Item is not intended to embargo the following:
(a) Industrial equipment employing cells not embargoed by Item IL 1548;
(b) Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and industrial movement control and counting systems;
(c) Medical equipment;
(d) Industrial equipment used for inspecion, sorting or analysis of the properties
of materials;
(e) Simple educational or entertainment devices which employ photo cells;
(f) Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
(g)Equipment for non-contact temperature measurement for laboratory or
industrial purposes utilizing a single detector cell with no scanning of the
detector;
(h)Instruments capable of measuring radiated power or energy having a response
time constant exceeding 10 milliseconds;
(i) Equipment designed for measuring radiated power or energy for laboratory,
agricultural or industrial, purposes using a single detector cell with no
scanning of the detector and single detector cell assemblies or probes specially
designed therefor, having a response time constant exceeding 1 microsecond;
(j)Infrared geodetic equipment, provided that equipment uses a lighting source
other than a laser and is manually operated or uses a lighting source (other
than a laser or a light-emitting diode) remote from the measuring equipment.
N.B.
Simple educational devices are defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic
scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of those principles in
educational institutions.
5. Not used.
(For communications equipment employing fibres optics see Item IL 1519.)
IL 1510 Marine or terrestrial acoustic or ultrasonic systems or equipment specially designed for
positioning surface vessels or underwater vehicles, or for detecting or locating
underwater or subterrnea objects or features, and specially designed components of such
systems or equipment, including but not limited to hydrophones, transducers, beacons,
towed hydrophone arrays, beamformers and geophones (except moving coil or moving
magnet electromagnetic geophones) and 'specially designed software' therefor, except
(i) Marine systems or equipment, as follows:
(A) Active (transmitting, or transmitting and receiving) systems or equipment,
including but not limited to depth sounders and fish-finders and their associated
beamformers, as follows:
(1)Depth sounders used solely for measuring the depth of water or the
distance of submerged or buried objects vertically below the apparatus;
(2)Horizontally-operated object detection or location systems, having all of
the followIng characteristics:
(a) Transmitting frequency of 15 kHz or greater,
(b) Soulld pressure level less than 250 dB (reference 1 micropascal at
1 metre) for equipment with operating frequency between 15 and
30 kHz, with no decibel limitation for equipment operating at
frequencies of 30 kHz or higher;
(c)Transmission capability limited to + 10 per cent of the design
centre frequency;
(d)Not designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at
depths greater than 1000 metres;
(e) Displaying a range of 5 000 metres or less;
(3)Electronic noise sources for vertically directional use only, or
mechanical (eg air gun or vapour-shock gun) or chemical (eg explosive)
noise sources;
(4)Acoustic systems or equipment for positioning surface vessels or
underwater vehicles, provided:
(a)Their control capability is lin-dted to release and basic transponder
capabilities;
(b)They are not capable of processing responses from more than four
beacons in the calculation of a single point, and have neither
devices nor software for correcting automatically velocity-of-
propagation errors for point calculation, nor any coherent signal
processing means;
(c) They are capable only for operating within a range of less than
1000 metres or, if capaby of operating beyond a range of more
than 1000 metres, are not capable of achieving positional
accuracy of better (less) than 20 metres when measured at a range of
1000 metres;
(d)Transducers, acoustic modules or hydrophones therefor are not
designed to withstand pressure dining normal operation at depths
greater than 100 metres; and
(e)Beacons therefor are not designed to withstand pressure during normal
operation at depths greater than 1000 metres, do not have
osclllators with a stability greater than 10-` over periods of
24 hours, and do not use complex codes or bearnformers which have
shaded or formed beams;
(B)Passive (receiving, whether or not related in normal application to separate
active equipment) acoustic hydrophones or transducers having all of the
following characteristies:
(1)Incorporating sensitive elements made of piezoelectric cerarnics or
crystal, and with a sensitivity no greater than - 192 dB (reference 1 volt
per micropascal);
(2) Not designed for operation at depths greater than 100 metres;
(3)Independently mounted or configured and not reasonably capable of assembly
by the user into a towed hydrophone array;
(ii) Terrestrial systems or equipment having both the following characteristics:
(a) Not reasonably capable of conversion by the user to underwater or marine
applications embargoed by this Item;
(b) Not employing geophones or other transducers embargoed by this Item.
Note:
1. Signal-and-dataprocessing parameters for related equipment are defined in
Items IL 1529 and 1565, and parameters for related cable in Item IL 1526.
2. Magnetic detection and locating apparatus are covered by Item IL 1571.
3. Nothing in this Item shall permit the export of technology or technical
data associated with the design, manufacture or upgrading of an item
excepted from embargo by this definition, when such technology or
technical data are also relevant to equipment embargoed by this definition.
4.With respect to repairs and alterations to ships owned and controlled by
organizations in proscribed destinations, then those systems or equipment
embargoed by Item IL 1570 shall not be installed pursuant to such repair or
alterations, unless previously approved.
(See also Item IL 1416.)
5. Acoustic systems or equipment embargoed by this Item for use in
positioning surface vessels or underwater vehicles are systems or equipment
using acoustic travel time differences between beacons operating as
responders, transponders or independent transmitters and one or more
hydrophones carried by a surface vessel or underwater vehicle.
6.Passive hydrophone sensitivities cited in this item are based on sensitivity
being defined as 20 times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms
output voltage to a 1 volt reference, when the hydrophone sensor is placed
in a plane wave acoustic field having an rms pressure of 1 micropascal. For
example, a hydrophone of - 160 dll (reference 1 volt per micropascal)
would yield an output voltage of 10` volts in such a field, while one of - 180
dB sensitivity would yield only 10` volts output.
7. Not used.
8. Not used.
9. Not used.
IL 1514 Pulse modulators capable of providing electric impulses of peak power exceeding 20 MW or
of a duration of less than 0.1 microsecond, or with a duty cycle in excess of 0.005; and pulse-
transformer, pulse-forming equipment or delay lines being specially designed components of such
modulators.
IL 1516 Receivers, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and 'specially
designed software' therefor
(For instruments using time compression of the input signal or FFT techniques
associated with receivers, see Item IL 1533(i) .
(a) Panoramic radio receivers (which search or scan automatically a part of the
electromagnetic spectrum and indicate or identify the received signals); except
ancillary equipment for commercial receivers with which the frequency searched
does not exceed a bandwidth of 20 MHz or does not incorporate a raster or storage
display capability;
(b) Digitally-controlled radio receivrs, whether or not computer controlled, which
search or scan automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum, in which the
switching operation takes less 10 milliseconds, and which indicate or identify
the received signals, except non-ruggedized, digitally-controlled, pre-set type radio
receivers designed for use in civil communications which have 200 selective
channels or fewer (for digitally-controlled radio receivers using frequency
synthesizers, see also Item IL 1531);
(c) Receivers for 'spread spectrum' and 'frequency agilc' systems having a total
transmitted bandwidth which is:
(1) 100 or more items greater than the bandwidth of any one information channel;
and
(2) In excess of 50 kHz;
(d) Receivers which incorporate digital signal processing, except receivers specially
designed for internationally allocated civil frequency bands only and which do not
permit user-accessible reprogrammability of the digital signal-processing circuits.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Spread spectrum' is defined as the technique whereby energy in a relatively
narrow-band communication channel is spread over a much wider energy spectrum
under the control of a random or pseudo-random bit stream. On receipt, the signal
is correlated with the same bit stream to achieve the reverse process of reducing
the bandwidth to its original form. By allocating different bit streams to different
subscribers transmitting simultaneously, significantly greater use can be made of
available bandwidth.
2. 'Frequency aglity' (or frequency hopping) is another form of 'spread spectrum'
in which the transmission frequency of a single communication channel is made to
change by discrete steps under the control of a similar bit stream.
(See also Item IL 1517 (c).)
Note:
This Item is not intended to cover signal analysers (see Item IL 1533) or field
strength meters (see Item IL 1529).
IL 1517 Radio transmitters, except radio relay communications equipment (for which see
Item IL 1520), as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
(a) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to operate at output frequencies
greater than 960 MHz;
(b)Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to provide any of the following
features:
(1) Any system of pulse modulation (this does not includ amplitude, frequency or
phase-modulated televisions or telegraphic transmitters or pulse-width
modulated sound broadcasting transmitters);
(2)Rated for operation over a range of ambient tempratures extending from below 40'C to above + 60'C;
-40 oC to above =60oC;
(c)Transmitters for spread spectrum and frequency agile systems having a total
transmitted bandwidth which is:
(For the definition of 'spread spectrum' and 'frequency agility', see Technical
notes 1 and 2 to Item IL 1516.)
(1)100 or more times greater than the bandwidth of any one information
channel; and
(2) In excess of 50 kHz.
(For quartz crytals, see Item IL 1587;and for radio transmitters incorporating
transmitter drive units, exciters and master oscillators using frequency
synthesis, see also Item IL 1531.)
Note:
This item is not intended to cover the following transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers,
or systems containing such equipment, accessories and sub-assemblies therefor:
(a) Specially designed for medical applicatoins and operating at ISM frequencies;
(b) Having an output power of not more than 10 W, which are specially designed for:
(1) Industrial or civil intrusion detection and alarm;
(2)Industrial and traffic detection, counting, speed measurement, identification
and movement control;
(3)Carrying the information from the equipment above, or the information of
environmental, air or water, pollution detection or measurement systems.
(c) Transmitters using wideband amplifiers designed for non-frequency agile civil
applications, such as television and mobile service.
IL 1518 Telemetering and telecontrol equipment suitable for use with aircraft (piloted or
pilotless), space vehicles or weapons (guided or unguided), and test equipment specially
designed for such equipment.
Note:
This item is not intended to cover equipment specially designed to be used for remote
control of toys such as model planes and boats and having electric field strength of not
more than 200 microvolts per metre at a distance of 500 metres.
IL 1519 Single- and multi-channel communication transmission equipment, including terminal,
intermediate amplifier or repeater equipment and multiplex busses and multiplex
equipment used for communications within or between communication or other
equipment and systems by line, cable, optical fibre or radio means, and associated
moderns and multiplex equipment, as follows, and 'specially designed software' therefor:
(a) Employing analogue transmission techniques with analogue input and output,
designed to deliver, carry or receive baseband frequencies higher than 19 MHz
into, or in, a communications system, but only higher than 300 kHz for equipment
suitable for use with underwater cable;
Note:
Analogue transmission techniques include, inter alia, frequency division
multiplex (FDM).
(b) Employing digital transmission techniques designed for operation at a total bit
rate
at the highest level multiplex point exceeding 8.5 Megabits per second, with
analogue input and output, designed for use on communications circuits;
Notes:
1. Nothing in the above shall be construed as sanctioning the export of
technology for equipment employing digital transmission techniques designed
for operation at a total bit rate at the highest level multiplex point exceeding
2.1 Megabits per second, except technology for installation, operation or
maintenance.
2. Digital transmission techniques include, inter alia, pulse code modulation
(PCM).
(c) Data communication equipment employing digital transmission with digital input
and output, including telegraphic and data transmission, having any of the
following characteristics:
(1) Designed for operation at a 'data signalling rate' in bits per second, excluding
servicing and administrative channels, numerically exceeding either:
(i) When using FDM voice channel:
(a) 9 600; or
(b) 320 per cent of the channel (or sub-channel) 'bandwidth' in hertz; or
(ii) When using baseband: 19 200;
(2) Employing an automatic error detection and correction system having both
of
the following characteristics:
(i) Retransmission is not required for correction; and
(ii) A 'data signalling rate' exceeding 300 bits per second;
(3) Statistical multiplexers designed for operation at a 'data signalling rate' in
bits per second, excluding servicing and administrative channels,
numerically exceeding either:
(i) 4 800; or
(ii) 160 per cent of the channel (or sub-channel) 'bandwith' in hertz;
Notes:
1 .This sub-item is not intended to cover frequency division multiplexers
used to subdivide a voice channel or data channels not exceeding the
limits of (1) above.
2. For statistical multiplexers which satisfy the definitions of either
'data (message) switching' or 'stored-programme controlled circuit
switching', as well as for the definitions of these terms, see Item IL
1567.
(d) Components and accessories specially designed for the above equipment, and test
equipment specially designed for the equipment covered by (b) above. (See Item IL
1526 for connectors including wave-length multiplexers.)
Technical Notes:
1 .'Data signalling rate' is as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking
into account that for non-binary modulation, 'bauds' and 'bits per second'
are not equal Bits for coding, checking and synchronization functions are to
be included.
2.In the case of data communication equipment designed to operate in one
voice channel, 'bandwidth' will normally be as defined in CCITT
Recommendation G. 151, namely, 3 100 Hz. In the case of CCI1T or CCIR
voice frequency telegraph systems, 'bandwidth' may be considered as the
number of channels times the channel spacing.
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. This item is not intended to cover:
(a)Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling equipment designed for industrial
purposes, together with data transmission equipment not intended for the
transmission of written or printed text and specially designed components,
accessories and test equipment therefor. By telemetering, telecommand and
telesignalling equipment is meant sensing heads for the conversion of information
into electrical information, the systems used for its long-distance transmission, the processes
used to translate electrical information into coded data (telemetering), into
control signals (telecommand), and into display signals (telesignalling);
(b) Facsimile equipment other than that embargoed under Item IL 1527;
(c) Equipment employing exclusively the direct current transmission technique;
(d)Electronic measuring equipment suitable for use with PCM transmission
equipment defined in CCITT Recommendation series G. 700 to 746 (ITU
Geneva) for PCM up to 8.5 Megabits per second.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
IL 1520 Radio relay communication equipment, specially designed test equipment and
'software' as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor-
(a) Radio relay communication equipment designed for use at frequencies exceeding
960 MHz, except:
(i) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations operating at fixed
frequencies
not exceeding 19.7 GHz, employing analogue transmission with a capacity of
up to 2 700 voice channels of 4 kHz each or of a television channel of 6 MHz
maximum nominal bandwidth and associated sound channels;
(ii) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations operating at fixed
frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz, employing digital transmission
techniques designed for operation at a total bit rate not exceeding 8.5 Mbit
per second;
(iii) Ground cornmunication radio equipment for use with temporarily fixed
services operated by the civilian authorities of the importing country and
designed to be used at fixed frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz with a power
output of not more than 5W;
(iv) TV-receive-only (TVRO) stations for satellite reception specially designed for
use at fixed frequencies meeting ITU standards in civil television or sound
radio systems in the following frequency ranges:
(1) S-band: 2.5-2.69 GHz
(2) C-ban 3.4-4.2 GHz
4.5-4.8 GHz
(3) kU and kA-band: 10.7-12.75 GHz.
Note:
Nothing in the above shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for
equipment employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques, except
technology for installation, operation or maintenance.
(b) Stand-alone radio transmission media simulators/channel estimators and
'specially designed software' therefor, specially designed for testing equipment
covered by (a) above, except those in which adjustments are only made manually.
IL 1521 Solid-state amplifiers having any of the following characteristics, and specially
designed components and accessories therefor-
(a) Exceeding a maximum output power of 2 kW at operating frequencies between
10 and 35 MHz inclusive;
(b) Exceeding a maximum output power of 50 W at operating frequencies between
35 and 400 MHz; or
(c) A product of the maximum output power times the maximum operating
frequency of more than 2 x 10 10 W.Hz at operating frequencies above 400 MHz.
Notes:
1. This Item does not embargo solid state amplifiers:
(a) Specially designed for community television distribution systems; or
(b) having a 'bandwidth' of 10 MHz or less.
2. For amplifiers designed to operate at frequencies above 1 GHz, see Item IL 1537.
3.For amplifiers specially designed for and intended to work with oscilloscopes, see
Item IL 1584.
4. For amplifiers specially designed for transmitters, see Item IL 1517.
Technical Note:
'Bandwidth' is defined as the range of frequencies over which the power amplification
does not drop to less than one half of its maximum value.
IL 1522 'Lasers' and 'equipment containing lasers', as follows-
(a)'Lasers' and specially designed components, therefor, including amplification
stage, except the following when not specially designed for equipment covered by
(b) below:
(i)Argon, krypton and non-'tunable' dye 'lasers' having one of the following
sets of characteristics:
(1)All output wavelength in the range from O.2 to 0.8 micrometre, a
pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse and an average
or continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output
power not exceeding 20 W; or
(2)An output wavelength between 0.8 and 1.0 micrometre, a pulsed output
energy not exceeding 0.25 joule per pulse and an average or
continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not
exceeding 10 watts;
(ii) Helium-cadmium, nitrogen and multigas 'lasers' not otherwise specified in
this item with both of the following characteristics:
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;
(2)a pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse and an average or
continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not
exceeding 120 watts;
(iii) Helium-neon 'lasers' with an output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;
(iv) Ruby- 'lasers' with both of the following characteristics:
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;
(2) An energy output not exceeding 20 joules per pulse;
(V) C02, CO or CO/C02 'lasers' having either of the following characteristics:
(1)An output wavelength in the range of 9 to 11 micrometres and a pulsed
output energy not exceeding 2 joules per pulse and a maximum rated
average single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 1.2 kW or a
continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power
not exceeding 5.0 kW; or
(2)An output wavelength in the range of 5 to 7 micrometres and having a
continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power
not exceeding 50 watts;
(vi) Nd:YAG 'lasers' having an output wavelength of 1.064 micrometres with
either of the following characteristics:
(1)A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse and maximum rated
average single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 10 watts or a
continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power
not exceeding 50 watts;
(2) A pulsed output not exceeding 10 joules per pulse with a pulse width
not less than 50 microseconds and a maximum rated average single- or
multi-mode output power not exceeding 50 watts;
(vii) Nd:Glass 'lasers' with both of the following characteristics:
(1) An output wavelength in the range of 1.05 to 1.06 micrometres; and
(2) A pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse;
(viii) 'Tunable' CW dye 'lasers', with both of the following characteristics:
(1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; and
(2) An output not exceeding an average or continuous-wave maximum rated
single- or multi-mode output power of 1 W;
(ix) 'Tunable' pulsed 'lasers' (for argon and krypton 'lasers', see (a)(i) above),
includin dye, having all of the following characteristics:
(1) An output wavelength between 0.15 and 0.8 micrometre;
(2) A pulse duration not exceeding 100 nanoseconds;
(3) a pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse; and
(4) An average power not exceeding 10 watts;
(x)Single-element semiconductor 'lasers' with a wavelength shorter than 1
micrometre designed for, and used in, equipment as defined in (b)(xiii)(xiv),
(xix) or (xx) below;
(b)'Equipment containing lasers', and specially designed components therefor,
except the equipment listed below which contains 'lasers' excluded from embargo
by sub-item (a):
(i)Specially designed for industrial and civilian, intrusion detection and alarm
systems;
(ii)Specially designed for medical applications;
(iii) Equipment for educational and laboratory purposes;
N.B.
The educational equipment referred to in this sub-item is defined as devices
designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles and demonstrating the
operation of those principles in educational institutions.
(iv)Specially designed for traffic and industrial movement control and counting
systems;
(v) Specially designed for detection of environmental pollution;
(vi) Optical spectrometers and densitometers;
(vii)Equipment containing continuous-wave helium-neon gas 'lasers' (but see sub-
item (c) below);
(viii) Textile-cutting and textile-bonding equipment;
(ix) Paper cutting equipment;
(x)Equipment containing 'lasers' for drilling diamond dies for the wire drawing
industry;
(xi) Electronic scanning equipment with auxilary electronic screening unit
specially designed for printing processes, including such equipment when used
for the production of colour separations;
(xii) Laser-radar (lidar) equipment specially designed for surveying or meteoro-
logical observation;
(xiii) Consumer-type reproducers for video or audio discs, employing non-erasable
media;
(xiv) Price scanners (point of sale);
(xv) Equipment designed for surveying purposes, provided there is no capability of
measuring range;
(xvi) Equipment specially designed for the marking of components;
(xvii) Specially designed gravure (printing plate) manufacturing equipment;
(xviii) Equipment specially designed for visual entertainment purposes ('laser' light
shows) provided it has no holographic capability;
(xix) Electronic printers, including those capable of being used with 'digital
computers', not exceeding 2 000 lines (30 pages) per minute or 300
characters per second;
(xx) Electronic copiers, including those capable of being used with 'digital
computers', not exceeding 30 pages per minute and which do not include
any of the following:
(1) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment which is not released by
Item IL 1565 (h)(2)(iv)(k);
(2) Digitising equipment which is not released by item IL 1565 (h) (2)
(iv)(h);
(3) 'Image enhancement' capability; or
(c) Measuring systems which have both of the following characteristics:
(i) Contain a 'laser'; and
(ii) Maintain for at least 48 hours, over a temperature range of + 1OK around a
standard temperature and at a standard pressure:
(1) A resolution over thier full scale of +0. 1 micrometre or better; and
(2) An accuracy of + 1 part per million or better;
Technical Note:
Standard temperatures and standard pressures as indicated in IEC Publication
160.
(d)Particle measuring systems employing helium-neon 'lasers', designed for
measuring particle size and concentration in gases, which have both of the
following characteristics:
(i) Capable of measuring particle sizes of 0. 3 micrometre or less; and
(ii) Capable of characterising Class 10 clean air or better.
Technical Notes:
1.'Tunable' refers to the ability of a 'laser' to produce an output at any
wavelength within its tuning range. A line-selectable 'laser' which can operate
only on discrete wavelengths is not considered tunable.
2.The term 'specially designed components' is intended, among other things, to
include active and passive components in semi-fabricated forms as well as in
fabricated forms.
3.A 'laser' is an assembly of components to produce a coherent light which is
amplified by stimulated emission of radiation.
4.'Equipment containing lasers' uses coherent light in the equipment for a certain
application.
Notes:
1 .Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of
technology for the following specially designed components for 'lasers', except
for the minimum technology for their use (i.e. installation, operation and
maintenance):
Sub-item (a) does not embargo uncooled, unsegmented mirros with glass or
dielectric substrates for use as end reflectors for laser resonators. (For
segmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.)
2.This item is intended to cover semiconductor 'lasers' but not non-coherent light-
emitting diodes and assemblies or integrated circuits containing such
lightemitting diodes. (see Item IL 1544 and 1564).
3. For 'laser' feedback systems and 'laser' interferometers, see also Item IL 1093
(c).
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
7. Not used.
8. Not used.
IL 1526 Cable and optical fibres, and components and accessories, as follows-
(a) Underwater communication cable, as follows:
(1)Reversed-twist, double-armoured cable used for towing or suspending and
communicating with submerged devices;
(2)Unarmoured or single-armoured ocean cable having an attenuation of 1.62
dBlkm (3.0 dll per nautical mile) or less, measured at a frequency of 600 kHz;
(b)Coaxial cable with an inner diameter of the outer conductor of the core greater
than 14 min (0.551 inch), having:
(1)An air dielectric in which the spacing is accomplished by discs, beads, spiral,
screw or any other means;
(2) A foam dielectric and a solid copper or aluminium outer conductor;
Note:
Technology for the manufacture of foam dielectrics used in cables remains
free
from embargo.
(c) Opitcal-fibre communication cable or optical fibres therefor, having any of the
following characteristics:
(1) An attenuation at any operating wavelength of 3.0 dB km or less;
(2) Optical fibres capable of withstanding a 'proof test' tensile stress of
1. 1 x 10 9 N/m2,
Technical Note:
'Proof test' consists of on-line or off-line production screen testing that
dynamically applies a prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre
at a running rate of 2 to 5 m/sec while passing between capstans approximately
15 cm in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 20oC and
relative humidity a nominal 40 per cent.
(3) Specially designed for underwater use-
(4) Specially designed to be insensitive to nuclear radiation;
(d) Optical fibres for sensing purposes, having any of the following characteristics:
(1) Specially fabricated either compositionally or structurally, or modified by
coating to be acoustically,inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear
radiation sensitive;
(2) Modified structurally or by coating to have either very low ('beat length'
greater than 50 cm) or very high ('beat length' less than 5 cm) birefringence;
Technical Note:
'Beat length' is defined as the distance over which two orthogonally
polarized signals, initially in phase, must pass in order to achieve 2
radian(s) phase difference.
(e)Secure communication cable, being either coaxial or multi-conductor
communication cable protected by mechanical or electrical means from physical
damage or intrusion in such a manner that communications security is maintained
between terminals without the necessity for encryption;
(f) Components and accessories specially designed for the above optical fibres or cable,
including fibre-optic bulkhead or hull penetration connectors impervious to leakage
at any death for use in ships or vessels, and multiport fibre-optic couplers
(including but not limited to T, star, bi-directional and wavelength division
multiplexing and demultiplexing couplers), except connectors for use with
optical fibres or cable ith a repeatable coupling loss of 0.5 dB or more.
(See also item ML 9(g) on the Munitions List.)
Notes:
1.Sub-item (e) above does not embargo cable that is 'armoured' by only either a
tough outer sheath or by an electromagnetic screen.
2.Associated equipment for sub-items (a), (b), (c) and (d), and specially designed
components therefor, are considered under Item IL 1519.
3. For miliary type cable (shear-resistant, etc) see Item ML 11 on the Munitions
List.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
IL 1527 Cryptographic equipment and specially designed components therefor, designed to
ensure secrecy of communications (such as telegraphy, telephony, facsimile, video,
and data communications) or of stored information; and 'software' controlling or
computers performing the functions of such cryptographic equipment.
Notes:
1. This Item also covers video systems which, for secrecy purposes, use digital
techniques (conversion of an analogue, i.e. video or facsimile, signal into a digital
signal).
2.This Item is not intended to cover simple cryptographic devices or equipment
only ensuring the privacy of communications, as follows:
(a)Equipment for voice transmission making use of fixed frequency inversions
or fixed band scrambling techniques in which the transposition changes occur
not more frequently than once every 10 seconds;
(b)Standard civil facsimile and video equipment designed to ensure the privacy
of communications by an analogue transmission using non-standard practices
for intended receivers only (video system equipment effecting the
transposition of analogue data);
(e) Video systems for pay television and similar restricted audience television,
including industrial and commercial television equipment using other than
standard commercial sweep systems;
3. 'Digital computers' and digital differential analysers (incremental computers)
designed or modified for, or combined with, any cypher machines, cryptographic
equipment, devices or techniques including 'software', 'microprogramme'
control ('firmware') or specialized logic control (hardware), associated equipment
therefor, and equipment or systems incorporting such computers or analysers are
covered by this Item or Munitions List Item ML 11.
IL 1529 Electronic equipment for testing, measuring (e.g. time interval measurement),
calibrating or counting, or for microprocessor/ microcomputer development, as follows,
and specially designed 'software' therefor-
(a) Equipment, as follows:
(1) Designed as reference frequency standards for laboratory use and having
either of the following characteristics-
(i) A long-term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 1 part in 1010 or
better; or
(ii) A short-term drift (stability) over a period from 1 to 100 seconds of 1 part
in 10 12 or better;
(2) Designed for fixed ground or mobile use and containing frequency standard(s)
having either of the following characteristics-
(i) A long-term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 1 part in 10 10 or
better, or
(ii) A short-term drift (stability) over a period from 1 to 100 seconds of 1
part in 1 012 or better;
(b) Instruments, as follows (see also Note 1 below):
(1) Instruments designed for use at frequencies exceeding 18 GHz;
(2) 'Comb frequency generators' designed and rated for use at frequencies
exceeding 12.5 GHz;
(3) Instruments designed for use at frequencies exceeding 1 GHz, as follows:
(i)'Swept frequency network analyzers' for the automatic measurement of
complex equivalent circuit parameters over a range of frequencies;
(ii) Special calibrated microwave instrumentation receivers capable of measuring
amplitude and phase simultaneously;
(iii) Automatic 'frequency (heterodyne) converters' and 'transfer
oscillators';
(iv) Instruments in which the functions can be controlled by the injection of
digitally-coded electrical signals from an external source;
(4) Instruments having both of the following characteristics:
(i) 'User-accessible programmability'; and
(ii) A User-alterable 'programme' and data storage of more than 65 536 bit;
Notes:
1. This sub-item does not embargo instruments, the 'user-accessible pro-
grammability' of which is provided by, or with the legal agreement of, the
original 'manufacturer' and limited to---
(a) The replacement of fixed storage devices (e.g. ROMs) which do not change
the embargo status of the instrument; or
(b) The selection of pre-programmed functions from a menu.
2. For the purposes of this Item, the 'manufacturer' is the individual or
organisation designing the instrument for the intended application (in
contrast to an individual or organisation merely programming an instrument
at, or in accordance with, a user's request).
N.B.
The instrument concerned must be designed to ensure that any
'software' (ROM replacement) would not enable the instrument to be
enhanced to a level where it would become embargoed.
(5) Test instruments with 'user-accessible programmability' and having any of
the following characteristics:
(i)Specially designed to examine or compare one or more binary coded streams
of electrical signals;
(ii) A maximum sampling rate of more than 100 Hz;
(iii) A maximum of more than 32 channels excluding a maximum of 6
qualifier channels;
(iv) A 'figure of merit' of more than 400;
(v) A capability of state coupled timing analysis (i.e. synchronized mode
state/timing analysis);
(vi) A total acquisition memory for word storage exceeding 32 768 bit with
an acquisition memory for bit storage per channel exceeding 1024 bit;
or
(vii) A total acquisition memory for word storage exceeding 16 384 bit with
an acquisition mernory for bit storge per channel exceeding 2 048
bit;
Technical Note:
The above 'figure of merit' is defined as the product of the maximum sampling rate
(in MHz) and the number of input channels (excluding qualifier channels).
Notes:
1 . This sub-item includes instruments such as:
(a) Digital circuit tester ;
(b) Logic state analysers, logic timing analysers and logic state and logic timing
analysers;
(c) Bus analysers;
(d) Serial data analysers; or
(e) Digital word generators.
2. This sub-item does not embargo:
(a) Logaic probes, logic pulsers, digital current tracers (current 'sniffers'),
signature analysers and other digital circuit testers for observing single
events or providing stimuli at single test points;
(b) Logic clips and logic comparators;
(c)Digital word generators capable of operating at a maximum clock rate of
2 MHz or less with word lengths of 8 bit or less.
(6)Microprocessor or microcomputer development instruments or systems,
capable of developing 'software' for, or capable of, programming microcircuits
embargoed by Item IL 1564;
Notes:
1 . This sub-item does not embargo microprocessor or microcomputer development
instruments or systems which can be used to develop 'software' for, or
to programme, a 'family' of microprocessor microcomputer microcircuits
not designed or produced within a proscribed area, provided:
(a)The instruments or systems can be used only for microprocessor or
microcomputer microcircuits having an operand (data) word length of
less than or equal to 8 bit and not having an arithmetic logic unit (ALU)
wider than 8 bit; and
(b) The 'family' contains at least one microprocessor or microcomputer
microcircuit which is not embargoed by Item IL 1564.
N.B.
For the purpose of this sub-item, a 'family' consists of microprocessor or
microcomputer microcircuits which have:
(a) The same architecture;
(b) The same basic instruction set; and
(c) The same basic technology (e.g. only NMOS or only CMOS).
2. This sub-item includes accessories specially designed for microprocessor or
microcomputer instruments or systems such as:
(a) 'Cross-hosted' assemblers, 'cross-hosted' compilers;
(b) Adapter interfaces for prototypes or emulation probes;
(c) Debuggers;
(d) Programmable read-only memory (PROM) programmers;
(e) Programmable read-only memory (PROM) copiers;
(f)So-called 'personality' modules which contain more than one of the
accessories enumerated under (a) to (e).
3. 'Cross-hosted' compliers or 'cross-hosted' assemblers, needed for use with a
particular microprocessor or microcomputer development instrument or
system not embargoed by this sub-item must contain only the minimum
'software' in machine executable form to perform the functions for which
they were designed. To make other incompatible instruments or systems
perform the same functions must require:
(a) Modification of this 'software';
(b) Addition of 'programmes'.
4.For 'cross-hosted' compilers or 'cross-hosted' assemblers, which are not
specially designed for use with microprocessor or microcomputer
development instruments or systems described in this sub-item, see Item IL
1566.
(c) Digital counters, as follows:
(1)Capable of counting successive input signals with less than 5 nanoseconds time
difference without prescaling (digital division) of the input signal (for counter/
timers having a time interval measurement mode, see also (d) below);
(2)Employing prescaling of the input signal, in which the prescaler is capable of
resolving successive input signals with less than 1 nanosecond time
difference;
(3)Capable of measuring burst frequencies exceeding 100 MHz for a burst duration
of less than 5 milliseconds;
(d)Time interval measuring equipment employing digital techniques, capable of
measuring time intervals of less than 5 nanoseconds on a single shot basis;
(e)Testing equipment rated to maintain specified operating data when operating over
a range of ambient temperatures from below - 25'C to above + 55'C;
(f) Digital voltage measuring apparatus, with or without electrical outputs,
irrespective of the physical units in which calibrated, with a reading speed (from
zero to the measured value) faster than 25 accesses per second and having any of
the following characteristics:
(1) A digital resolution at all points on the scale greater than one part in 200 000;
(2) An accuracy, measured without reference to an external standard, better than
1 part in 150 000 (0.002%) of reading over an ambient temperature range of
+5'C or more, or a stability better than 10-6 of reading over a period of
24 hours or more;
(3) Capable of more than 500 independent measurements per second.
Notes.
1 . Reading speed is assumed not to include changes in range or polarity.
2. This sub-item does not embargo-
(a) Visual quartization apparatus capable of providing an average value,
displayed or not, ofthe results of the measurement;
(b) Multichannel analyzers of all types used in nuclear experimentation;
(c)Industrial te1emeasuring devices in which a pre-set storage value is
used as a basic tor measuring.
(g)Transient recorders, utilizing analogue-to-digital conversion techniques, capable
of storing transients by sequentially sampling single input signals at successive
intervals of less than 50 nanoseconds.
Technical Notes:
1 .'Comb frequency generators' (sub-item (b)(2)) are generally understood to be
devices which generate a spectrum of harmonies.
2.'Swept-frequency network analyzers' as understood in sub-item (b)(3)(i) above
involve the automatic measurement of equivalent circuit parameters over a range
of frequencies. This involves swept-frequency measurement techniques but not
CW point-to-point measurements.
3. 'Amplitude and phase receivers' (sub-item (b)(3)(ii)) are instruments capable of
measuring the amplitude of a microwave signal or the amplitude of two microwave
signals and the relative phase between them. The principal application of these
instruments is the measurement of near and far zone phase and amplitude antenna
patterns. They can also be used for measurement of microwave device and
components characteristics. In general, they are more sophisticated and sensitive
(better than - 100 dBm) than phase and impedance measuring instruments such as
RF vector impedance meters and vector voltmeters. They also feature wide
dynamic range (80 dB) and very good linearity(approximately +0.25 dB).
4. 'Frequency (heterodyne) converters' (sub-item (b)(3)(iii)) down convert an
unknown frequency by mixing with an accurately known frequency. The
accurately known frequency is developed by multiplication of a crystal-derived reference
which is passed through a harmonic generator. By mixing the appropriate
harmonic and the unknown frequencies, an accurate third frequency results.
5. 'Transfer oscillators' (sub-item (b)(3)(iii)) are based also on the property of
harmonic mixing. Differences exist in that a local oscillator is utilized whereas a
crystal-derived reference frequency is utilized in the case described in Note 4 above.
The unknown frequency is mixed with the local oscillator (LO) and the two are
phase-locked by turning LO. The LO can then be measured by a counter.
6. 'User-accessibe programmability' as used in sub-items (b)(4) and (b)(5) above
is meant defined as the facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace
'programmes' by means other than:
(a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
(b) The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
7. 'Burst frequency measurement' counters (sub-item (c)(3)) contain special gating
circuits which start only when the input signal is present and stop counting at the
completion of the burst.
Note:
For signal analyzers, see Item IL 1533;
For microwave equipment, see also Item IL 1537;
For analogue-to-digital converters, other than digital voltage measuring instruments,
see Item IL 1568;
For frequency synthesizers, see Item IL 1531.
See also Item 1355, 1485(j) and Item ML 18 on the Munitions List.
IL 1531 'Frequency synthesizers' (and equipment containing such 'Trequency synthesizers')
as follows:
(a) 'Frequency synthesizers' containing frequency standards embargoed by Item
IL1529(a)(1) or temperature-compensated crystal oscillators covered by
Item IL1587(c);
(b) Instrument 'frequency synthesizers' and synthesized signal generators, and
specially designed components and accessories therefor, designed for ground use, producing
output frequencies whose accuracy and short- and long-term stability are controlled
by, derived from, or disciplined by the input frequency or internal master
standard frequency, and having any of the following characteristics:
(1) A maximum synthesized output frequency of more than 550 MHz;
(2) Any of the following noise characteristics:
(i) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than - 120 dBc/HZ when
measured at a 20 kHz offset from the carrier frequency;
(ii) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than -106 dBc/Hz when
measured at a 100 Hz offset from the carrier frequency;
(iii) An integrated phase noise better than -60 dBc/Hz referred to a 30 kHz
band centred on the carrier and excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this
carrier; or
(iv) An integrated AM phase noise better than -70 dBc/Hz referred to a
30 kHz band centred on the carrier and excluding the 1 Hz band centred
on this carrier;
Note:
Synthesized signal generators which are embargoed only by (b)(1) or (b)(2)(i) above
may be exported up to a maximum synthesizd output frequency of 1400 MHz or
down to a single sideband phase noise of -136dBc/Hz when measured at an offset
of 20 kHz from a carrier frequency of 100 MHz, provided the technology supplied
is only the minimum necessary for use (i.e. installation,
operation and maintenance) of such generators.
(3)Electrically programmable in frequency (in that the output frequency can be
controlled or selected by the injection of digitally coded electrical signals
from an external control source) with a 'frequency switching time' of less
than 10 milliseconds;
(4)Electrically programmable in phase (in that the phase of the output
frequency can be varied relative to the internal or external reference
standard, or selected in accordance with an externally supplied code or signal
with a switching speed from one selected phase value to another of less than
10 milliseconds) except those equipments incorporating pre-emphasis
networks for frequency modulation;
(5)Having a level of spurious components in the output, measured relative to
the selected output frequency better than:
(i) - 60 dB harmonic, or
(ii) -92 dB non-harmonic;
(6)Having more than three different selected synthesized output frequencies
available simultaneously from one or more outputs;
(7) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output frequency;
(c)Airborne communication equipment using 'frequency synthesizers', as follows,
and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
(1) Designed to receive or transmit frequencies greater than 156 MHz;
(2)Incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of more than 200 channels
per equipment, except those equipments operating in the frequency range of
108 to 136 MHz incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of 720
channels or fewer at, not less than 25 kHz channel spacing, which have
been in normal civil use for at least one year;
(3) With a 'frequency switching time' of less than 10 milliseconds;
(4)'Frequency synthesizers', designed for the above equipment, whether
supplied separately or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters
specified in (b) above:
Note:
See also Item IL 1501(a).
(d)Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computer-controlled which
search or scan automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum, using
'frequency synthesizers', as follows, and specially designed components and
accessories therefor:
(1) Digitally-controlled receivers in which the switching operation takes less than
10 milliseconds, except non-ruggedized digitally-controlled preset type
radio receivers designed for use in civil communications, which have 200
selective channels or fewer,
(2)'Frequency synthesizers' designed for the above equipment, whether
supplied separately or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters
specified in (b) above, except those specially designed for receivers freed
from embargo under (d)(1) above;
Notes:
1.This sub-item does not embargo 'frequency synthethisers' specially
designed for use in tuners for entertainment type receivers;
2. See also Item IL 1516.
(e)Radio transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units, exciters and master
oscillators using frequency synthesis, as follows, and specially designed
components and accessories therefor:
(1) Having an output frequency of up to 32 MHz with a frequency resolution
of better than 10 Hz and with a 'frequency switching time' of less than
10 milliseconds,
(2)Having an output frequency from 32 MHz to 235 MHz with a frequency
resolution of better than 250 Hz and with a 'frequency switching time' of
less than 10 milliseconds;
(3) Having an output frequency of more than 235 MHz, except:
(i) Television broadcasting transmitters having an output frequency from
470 MHz to 960 MHz with a frequency resolution of not better than
1 kHz and where the manually-operated 'frequency synthesizer'
incorporated in or driving the transmitter has an output frequency not
greater than 120 MHz;
(ii) FM and AM ground communication equipment for use in the land
mobile service and operating in the 420 to 470 MHz band, with a power
output of 50 W or less for mobile units and 300 W or less for fixed units,
with a frequency resolution of not better than 6.25 kHz and with a
'frequency switching time' of more than 50 milliseconds;
(iii) Portable (personal) or mobile radiotelephones for civil use, e.g. for use
with commercial civil cellular radiocommunications systems having all
of the following aracteristics:
(a) Operatin in the 420 to 960 MHz range;
(b) A power output of 10 W or less; and
(c) A 'frequency switching time' of 10 ms or more,
Note:
For stored programme controlled communications switching equipment
used with cellular radio base stations, see Item IL 1567.
(4)Having more than three diffierent selected synthesized output frequencies
available simultaneoulsy from one or more outputs;
(5)With facilities for pulse modulation of the output frequency of the transmitter
or the incorporated 'frequency synthesizer';
(6) 'Frequency synthesizers' designed for the above equipment, whether supplied
separately or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters specified
in (b) above;
Note:
See also Item IL 1517.
Technical Note:
1. 'Frequency synthesizer' means any kind of frequency source or signal generator,
regardless of the actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultaneous
or alternative output frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by,
derived from or disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master)
frequencies.
2. 'Frequency switching time' means the maximum time (i.e. delay), when
switched from one selected output frequency to another selected output
frequency, to reach:
(a) A frequency within 100 Hz of the final frequency; or
(b) An output level within 1.0 dB of the final output level.
Note:
This Item does not embargo equipment in which the output frequency is produced by
the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator frequencies which may
be followed by multiplication of the result.
IL 1532 Precision linear angular measuring systems, as follows and specially designed
components and 'specially designed software' therefor---
(a) Contact-type systems or linear voltage differential transformers (LVDT) therefor,
as follows-
(1) Contact type measuring systems having all of the following
characteristics:
(i) Range equal to or less than 5 min;
(ii) 'Linearity' equal to or better than + 0. 1 per cent; and;
(iii) Drift equal to or less than 0. 1 per cent per day at a standard ambient test
room temperature + 1 K;
(2) Linear voltage differential transformers with no compensation networks and
having either of the following characteristics
(i) Range equal to or less than 5 mm; or
(ii) 'Linearity' equal to or better than +0.2 per cent;
Note:
'Linearity' limits apply to measurements made in the static mode.
(b) Linear measuring machines having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Two or more axes;
(2) Range in any axis greater than 200 mm;
(3) 'Accuracy' (including any compensation) better than +0.0008 mm per any
300 mm segment of travel;
Note:
This sub-item does not embargo optical comparators.
(c) Angular measuring systems having an 'accuracy' equal to or better than
+ 1 second of arc;
Note:
This sub-item does not embargo optical instruments, such as autocollimators,
using collimated light to detect angular displacements of a mirror.
(d)Non-contact type measuring systems having, at a standard ambient test room
temperature + 1 K, either of the following pairs of characteristics:
(1) Effective probe measurement diameter less than 0.5 mm and drift less than
0.5 per cent per day; or
(2) 'Linearity ' better than + 0.3 per cent and drift less than 0. 5 per cent per
day;
(e)Contact type measuring systems specially designed for combined, simultaneous
linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both the following characteristics:
(1) Linear 'accuracy' equal to or better than + 0.005 mm in any 5 min; and
(2) angular 'accuracy' equal to or better than + 1 minute in any 90' of arc.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Accuracy' is usually measured in terms of inaccuracy. It is defined as the
maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted
standard or true value.
2.'Linearity' is usually measured in terms of non-linearity. It is defined as the
maximum deviation of the actual characteristics (average of upscale and downscale
readings), positive or negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and
minimize the maximum deviations.
IL 1533 Signal analyzers (including spectrum analyzers), with any of the following
characteristics, and specially designed components, accessories and 'specially designed
software' therefor--
(a) Non-programmable and capable of operating at frequencies over 12.5 GHz;
(b) Programmable and capable of operating at frequencies over 1 GHz;
(c) Having a display bandwidth in excess of 125 MHz;
(d) Incorporating:
(i) 'User-accessible programmability'; and
(ii) A user-alterable 'programme' and data storage of more than 8 192 bit;
Notes:
1.This sub-item does not embargo instruments, the 'user-accessible
programmability' of which is provided by the original 'manufacturer' and
limited to:
(a)The replacement of fixed storage devices (e.g. ROMs) which do not
change the embargo status of the instrument; or
(b) The selection of pre-programmed functions from a menu.
2.For the purposes of this Item, the 'manufacturer' is the individual or
organization designing the instrument for the intended application (in contrast
to an individual or organization merely prograrmming an instrument, or in
accordance with, a user's request).
(e) Including a scanning preselector for analyzing frequencies of more than 1 GHz;
(f) Incorporating a tracking signal generator for analyzing frequencies of more than
1 GHz;
(g) Having an overall display dynamic range of better than 80 dB;
(h) Employing time compression of the input signal;
(i) Employing Fast Fourier Transform techniques.
Technical Note:
Signal analyzers are instruments capable of measuring the basic properties of a signal
in the time or frequency domain.
Notes:
1 . This Item is not intended to embargo optical spectrum analyzers.
2. Fast Fourier Transforms are described in e.g.'Gauss and the History of the Fast
Fourier Transform' by M T Heideman, D H Johnson and C S Burrus in IEEE
ASSP Mag. 1, No. 4 (October), 12-21, 1984.
3.This Item does not embargo instruments embargoed only by sub-item (), provided
that the instrument is not capable of operating at frequencies over 2 GHz.
4.If the signal analyzer is an oscilloscope plug-in, see Item IL 1584 for associated
mainframe.
(For logic and network analyzers and trnasient recorders, see Item IL 1529).
IL 1534 Flatbed microdensitometers,(excep cathode-ray types), having any of the following
characteristics, and specially designed components therefor
(a) A recording or scanning rate exceeding 5 000 data points per second;
(b)A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1, defined as the product of the density
resolution (expressed in density units) and the spatial resolution (expressed in
micrometres);
(c) An optical density range greater than 0 to 4.
Technical Note:
Density resolution (expressed in density units) is measured over the optical density
range of the instrument.
IL 1537 Microwave (including millimetric-wave) equipment, including parametric amplifiers, as
follows, capable of operating at frequencies over 1 GHz (other than microwave
equipment embargoed by Items IL 1501, 1517, 1520 and 1529)-
(a) Rigid and flexible waveguides designed for use at frequencies in excess of 18 GHz;
(b) Waveguides having a bandwidth ratio greater than 1.7:1;
(e) Waveguide, components, as follows:
(1) Directional couplers having a bandwidth ratio greater than 1.7:1 and
directivity over the band of 20 dB or more;
(2) Rotary joints capable of transmitting more than one isolated channel or
having a bandwidth greater than 5 per cent of the centre mean frequency,
except those used in air traffic control equipment carrying combinations of
frequencies suitable for secondary surveillance radar antennae co-mounted
on a primary radar antenna and which do not have a bandwidth exceeding 5
per cent of the centre mean frequency;
(3) Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, waveguide components;
(4) Diode waveguide components using diodes embargoed by Item IL 1544;
(d) Transverse electromagnetic mode TEM devices:
(1) using magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, properties; or
(2) Using diodes embargoed by Item IL 1544;
(e) TR and anti-TR tubes and specially designed components therefor, except those
designed for use in wayeguides and having any of the following characteristics,
which are in normal civil use for ground or marine radar:
(i) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 3 MW and a frequency of 1.5
GHz or less;
(ii) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 1.2 MW and at a frequency
over the range of 1.5 to 6 GHz;
(iii)Operating at a peak power not exceeding 300 kW and at a frequency over the
range of 6 GHz to 10.5 GHz;
(f) Assemblies and sub-assemblies in which the isolating base material functions as a
dielectric (as used in stripline, microstrip or slotline) except for those items
specifically designed for use in civil telelvision systems to meet ITU standards
and using as an isolating material paper base phenolics, glass cloth melamine, glass
cloth epoxy resin, polyethylene terephthalate or other isolating material with an
operating temperature not exceeding 150'C (302oF);
(g)Phased array antennae and sub-assemblies designed to permit electronic control of
beam shaping and pointing (see Munitions List Item ML 15), and specially
designed components therefor (including but not limited to duplexers, phase
shifters and associated high-speed diode switches);
(h)Other antennae specially designed for operation at frequencies above 30 GHz
having a diameter of less than 1 metre specially designed components therefor;
(i)Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies having circuits fabricated by the same
processes used in integrated circuit technology, which include active circuit
elements (for acoustic wave device, see Item IL 1586) (see also Item IL 1564).
(j)Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies which contain band-pass or band-stop
filters and are capable of operating at 3 GHz or greater;
(k) Amplifiers (see also Item IL 1521);
(l) PIN modulators (see also Item IL 1544).
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5.Sub-item (g) above is not intended to cover duplexers and phase shifters
specifically designed for use in civil television systems or in other civil radar or
communication systems not covered elsewhere in these Lists.
6. Not used.
7. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology,
except the minimum technology for the use (i.e. installation, operation and
maintenance) of the following equipment.
Sub-items (j) and (h) do not embargo microwave assemblies, sub-assemblies or
amplifiers (or combinations therefor) having all of the following characteristics:
(a) Fixed tuned at the time of manufacture to operated only within the ITU
satellite broadcasting band from 11. 7 to 12.5 GHz;
(b) Not capable of being retuned to a new frequency band by the user; and
(c) Specially designed for use with, or in, civil television receivers.
8. Not used.
IL 1541 Cathode-ray tubes having any of the following characteristics-
(a)A resolving power of 32 lines per mm (800 lines per inch) or more, using the
shrinking taster method of measurement;
(b)With travelling wave or distributed deflection structure using delay lines or
incorporating other techniques to minimize mismatch of fast phenomena signals
to the deflection structure;
(c) Incorporating microchannel-plat electron multipliers, except cathode-ray tubes,
having all of the following characteristics:
(1) The microchannel-plate electron multipliers have a hole pitch of 25 micro-
metres or more;
(2) The tubes are not ruggedized for military use;
(3) The tubes have a horizontal sweep slower than 200 ns/cm; and
(4) The electron gun is mounted parallel to the screen surface.
Note:
Technology for the design or production of cathode-ray tubes incorporating
microchannel-plate electron multipliers is not released under this sub-item.
IL 1542 Cold cathode tubes and switches, as follows-
(a) Triggered spark-gaps, having an anode delay time of 15 microseconds or less and
rated for a peak current of 3 000 A or more; specially designed parts therefor, and
equipment incorporating such devices.
(b)Cold cathode tubes, whether gas-filled or not, operating in a manner similar to a
spark gap, containing three or more electrodes and having all the following
characteristics:
(1) Rated for an anode peak voltage of 250Ovolts or more;
(2) Rated for peak currents of 100 A or more;
(3) An anode delay time of 10 microseconds or less; and
(4) An envelope diameter of less than 25.4 mm (1 inch).
Technical Notes:
1 .Triggered spark-gaps are tubes with a structure consisting of two opposed anodes
with shapes resembling flattened hemispheres, and with one or more triggering
probes placed approximately in the centre of one anode. The structure is sealed
and contains a mixture of gases, principally nitrogen, under less than atmospheric
pressure.
2.Sub-item (b) above covers gas 'krytron' tubes, vacuum 'krytron' tubes and similar
tubes.
IL 1544 Semiconductor diodes, as follows, and dice and wafers therefor-
Note:
This item does not cover semiconductor diodes based upon germanium, selenium or
copper oxide.
(a)Semiconductor diodes, designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies
exceeding 12.5 GHz;
(b)Mixer and detector diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies
greater than 3 GHz, except:
(i) Point contact diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies of
12.5 GHz or less;
(ii) Schottky diodes designed or rated for mixer use at input or output frequencies
of less than 12.5 GHz and having a noise figure of more than 6.5 dB;
(iii)Schottky diodes designed or rated for detector use at input or output
frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz and having a minimum rated tangential
sensitivity of either worse than - 45 dBm under unbiased conditions or worse
than - 50 dBm under biased conditions;
c)Oscillator and amplifier devices such as Gunn, Impatt, Trapatt, TED, and LSA
(including those used for the direct conversion of dc to rf power) designed or rated
for use at:
(1)Output frequencies above 1 GHz but not exceeding 4 GHz with a peak power
more than 2 W or a maximum CW Power more than 200 mW; or
(2)Output frequencies above 4 GHz but not exceeding 12.5 GHz with a peak
power more than 1 W or a maximum CW power more than 100 mW;
(d) Voltage variable capacitance diodes designed or rated for use at input or output
frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz;
(e) Fast recovery diodes, as follows:
(1) Having a rated maximum reverse recovery time of less than 1 nanosecond; or
(2)Having both a rated forward rectified current over 5 A and a rated maximum
reverse recovery time of less than 20 nanoseconds;
Notes:
1.When average reverse recovery time is quote instead of maximum reverse
recovery time, the maximum may be regarded as two times the average.
2.When reverse recovery time is not quoted, diodes rated for a stored charge of
less than 25 pico-coulombs shall be regarded as embargoed by this sub-item;
(f) PIN diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies above 1.7 GHz,
with a peak power of greater than 5W or a maximum CW power of greater than
500 mW;
(g) Non-coherent light-emitting diodes with a peak radiant intensity at a wavelength
of greater than 1000 nanometres (for coherent light-emitting diodes, see Item IL
1522).
Notes:
1. Diodes constructed with a rectifying deposited metal semi-conductor junction or
barrier, such as hot-carrier or Schottky barrier diodes, will normally be
considered under sub-items (b) and (e) above.
2. Not used.
3. For photodiodes see Item IL 1548
4. Not used.
IL 1545 Transistors, as follows, and dice and therefor-
(a) Transistors based upon silicon and having any of the following characteristics:
(1) An 'operating frequency' exceeding 1.5 GHz;
(2) An 'operating frequency' not exceeding 1.5 MHz and a 'maximum collector
dissipation' of more than 300 W;
(3)An 'operating frequency' exceeding 1.5 MHz and a 'maximum collector
dissipation' of more than 250 W;
(4)An 'operating frequency' exceeding 200 MHz and a product of the 'operating
frequency' (in GHz) times the 'maximum collector dissipation' (in watts) of
more than 10; or
(5) Being majority carrier-type transistors, including but not limited to junction
field-effect transistors (FETs) and metal-oxide semiconductors transistors
(MOS), except field-effect transistors having:
(i) A maximum power dissipation of no more than 6 W and an 'operating
frequency' not exceeding 1.0 GHz; or
(ii) A maximum power dissipation of no more than 1 W and an 'operating
frequency' not exceeding 2.0 GHz;
(b) Transistors based upon gallium arsenide and having any of the following charac-
teristics:
(1) An 'operating frequency' exceeding 1 GHz;
(2) A maximum power dissipation of more than 1 W; or
(3) A noise figure of less than 3 dB;
N.B.
Nothing in this sub-item is intended to release any technology unique to transistors
based upon gallium arsenide.
(e)Transistors based upon any semiconductor material other than germanium,
silicon or gallium arsenide.
Technical Notes:
1.The 'maximum collector dissipation' is defined as the continuous dissipation
measured under the optimum cooling conditions specified by the manufacturer.
2. 'Operating frequency' is defined as the frequency used in measuring any of the
following:
(a) Output power;
(b) Power gain (GPE, GpB, GpC, GpS or GpD);
(c) Gain bandwidth product (FT); or
(d) Noise figure.
(For Phototransistors, see Item IL 1548.)
IL 1547 Thyristors, as follows, and dice and wafers therefor--
(a)Designed for use in pulse modulators having a rated tum-on time of less than 1
microsecond where the rated peak current exceeds 150 A;
(b) Having a rated turn-off time of less than 1 microsecond;
(c)Having a rated turn-off time of from 1 microsecond to less than 2.3 microseconds,
except those having a rated peak current of 50 A or less and encapsulated in non-
hermetically sealed packages;
(d)Having a rated turn-off time of from 2.3 to 10 microseconds and a 'figure of
merit' more than 100.
Technical Notes:
1 .The 'figure of merit' is here defined as the product of the repetitive peak off-state
voltage (V DRM) in kilovolts and the repetitive peak on-state current (1 TRM) in
amperes as shown on the thyristor data sheets.
2.The turn-off time for gate-turn-off thyristors is defined as the sum of the gate
controlled delay time TDQ and the gate controlled fall time TFQ to reach 10 per cent of
the initial on-state current.
IL 1548 Photosensitive components, including linear and focal-plane arrays, as follows, and
dice and wafers therefor-
(a) Photosensitive components (including photodiodies, phototransistors, photo-
thyristors, photoconductive cells and similar photosensitive components):
(1) Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength longer than 1200 nanometres or
shorter than 190 nanometres; or
(2) Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than 300 nanometres and
having an efficiency of less than 0.1 per cent relative to peak response at
wavelengths longer than 400 nanometres;
Note:
Vacuum photodiodes specially designed for use in spectrophotometry having a
peak response at a wavelength shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered by
this sub-item.
(For photomultiplier tubes which contain microchannel plates, see Item IL 1549.)
(b)Semiconductor photodiodes and phototransistors with a response time constant of
95 nanoseconds or less measured at the operating temperature for which the time
constant reaches a minimum;
(c) Specially designed or rated as electromagnetic (including laser) and ionized-particle
radiation resistant;
(d)Linear and focal plane arrays (Hybrid or monolithic) having the characteristics in
(a) or(b) above, and specially designed components therefor;
Notes:
1.the time constant is defined as the time taken from the application of a light
stimulus for the current increment to reach a value of 1-1/e times the final value
(i.e. 63 per cent of the final value).
2. This Item does not embargo the following:
(a)Germanium photo devices with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter
than 1750 nanometres;
(b) Infrared single-element encapsulated photoconductive cells or pyroelectric
detectors intended for civil applications and using any of the following:
(1) Evaporated lead sulphide;
(2) Triglycine sulphate with a surface area of 20 mm2 or less;
(3) Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate ceramic.
(c)Single-element encapsulated mercury-cadmium-telluride (HgCdTe) uncooled
(295K ambient temperature operation) photo-electromagnetic (pem) or
photoconductive (pc) mode photo detectors with a peak sensitivity at a
wavelength shorter than 11000 nanometers.
IL 1549 Photomultiplier tubes, as follows-
(a) For which the maximum sensitivity occurs a wavelengths shorter than 300
nanometres;
Note:
Photomultiplier tubes specially designed for use in spectrophotometry having a
peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered by
this sub-item.
(For photosensitive components, see Item IL 1548.)
(b) Having an anode pulse rise time of less than 1 nanosecond;
(c) Those which contain microchannel-plate electron multipliers.
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. For microchannel-plate electron multipliers, see IL 1556.
IL 1553 Flash discharge type X-ray systems, including tubes, having all of the following
characteristics-
(a) Peak power greater than 500 MW;
(b) Output voltage greater than 500 kV;
(c) Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond.
IL 1555 Electron tubes, as follows, an specially designed components therefor---
(a) Electron tubes for image conversion or intensification, incorporating:
(1) Fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a);
(2) Microchannel-plate electron multipliers; or
(3) Gallium arsenide or other epitaxially grown semiconductor photocathodes
covered by Item IL 1556 (c);
Note:
Nothing in this sub-item shall be construed as sanctioning the export of
technology for image intensifiers or converters incorporating fibre-optic face-plates or micro-
channel-plate electron multipliers, or electron tubes for cameras incorporating
such intensifiers or converters.
(b) Electron tubes for television/video cameras:
(1) Incorporating fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a);
(2) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers; or
(3) Coupled with electron tubes covered by (a) above;
(c) Ruggedised electron tubes for television/video cameras having a maximum
length-to-bulb diameter ratio of 5:1 or less.
Notes:
1 . This Item does not cover:
(a) Commercial standard television/video camera tubes
not incorporating fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a); or
(b) Commercial standard X-ray amplifier tubes.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
IL 1556 Optical elements and elements for optical tubes, as follows-
(a) Non-flexible fused fibre-optic plates or bundles, having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) A fibre pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 10 micrometres;
(2) A light-absorbing medium surrounding each fibre, or interstitially placed
between fibres;
(3) A diameter greater than 13 mm (1/2 inch);
(b) Microchannel-plates for electron image amplification having both of the following
characteristics:
(1) 15 000 or more hollow tubes per plate; and
(2) Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 25 micrometres;
(c)Semi-transparent photocathodes incorporating epitaxially grown layers of
compound semiconductors, such as gallium arsenide;
(For associated starting materials see Item IL 1757.)
(d)Diffractive type optical elements specially designed for display screens with any of
the following characteristics:
(1)A transmission of more than 90 per cent outside the reflection band and a
reflection of more than 75 per cent inside the reflection band, which has less
than 15 nanometres bandwidth and is matched to the frequency of the display
light source;
(2) A rear projection screen brightness gain of more than 10 times the gain of
a Lambertian scatterer with an equivalent area, and less than 10 per cent
variation in brightness across the exit aperture;
(3) Specially designed for use in helmet-mounted displays.
IL 1558 Electronic vacuum tube, (valves) and cathodes, as follows, and other components
specially designed for those tubes-
(a) Tubes in which space charge control is utilized as the primary functional
parameter, including bat not limited to triodes and tetrodes, as follows:
(1) Tubes rated continuous wave operation having either of the following
characteristics,
(i) Above 4 GHz at maximum rated anode dissipation; or
(ii) Within the frequency range 0.3 to 4 GHz and for which, under any
condition of cooling, the product of the maximum rated anode dissi-
pation (expressed in watts) and the square of the maximum frequency
(expressed in Gigahertz) at the maximum rated anode dissipation is
greater than 10 4, except for tubes specially designed for television
transmitters operating in the frequency range of 0.47 to 0.96 GHz and
rated for operation without a grid current, for which the product of the
rated anode dissipation (expressed in watts) and the square of the
maximum frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) may reach 2 x 10 4;
(2) Tubes rated only for pulse operation having either of the following charac-
teristics:
(i) Aove 1 GHz, with maximum peak pulse output power greater than 45 kW; or
(ii) Between 0.3 and 1 GHz and for which, under any condition of cooling,
the product of the peak pulse output power (expressed in watts) and the
square of the maximum frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) is greater
than 4.5 x 10 4.
(3)Tubes specially designed for use as pulse modulators for radar or similar
applications, having a peak anode voltage rating of 100 kV or more, or rated
for a peak pulse power of 20 MW or more (see also Item IL 1514):
(b)Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons and microwave
elements and in which the electrons travel in a direction perpendicular to the
applied magnetic field, including but not limited to magnetrons, crossed-field
amplifier tubes and crossed-field oscillator tubes, except:
(i)Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed magnetrons and cross-field amplifier tubes
which are in normal civil use in equipment which may be exported under the
terms of these Lists, as follows:
(1) Magnetrons designed to operate at frequencies below 3 GHz with
a maximum rated peak output power of 5 MW or less, or between
3 to 12 GHz with the product of the maximum rate peak output power
(expressed in kilowatts) and the frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) less
than 4 200 and a 'frequency tuning time' of more than 100 milli-seconds;
Technical Note:
'Frequency tuning time' is time required to change the operating
frequency from a starting frequency, through the maximum frequency,
through the minimum frequency, and return to the starting frequency i.e.
one complete tuning cycle.
('Frequency tuning time': T= 1/2Fu
Fd: dither rate.)
(2) Crossed-field amplifier tubes designed to operate at frequencies below
4 GHz with a maximum rated average output power of 1.2 kW or less,
a bandwidth of 200 MHz or less and a gain of less than 15 dB;
(ii) Fixed frequency continuous wave magnetrons designed for medical use or
for industrial heating or cooking purposes operating at a frequency of
2.375 GHz + 0.05 GHz or 2.45 GHz + 0.05 GHz with a maximum rated output
power not exceeding 6 kW or at a frequency lower than 1 GHz, with
a maximum rated output powe not exceeding 35 kW;
(c)Tubes which utilise initeraction between a beam of electrons and microwave
elements or cavities and in which the electrons travel in a direction parallel to the
applied magnetic field (e.g. klystrons or travelling wave tubes), except:
(i) Continuous wave tube having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Designed for use in civil ground communication;
(2) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or less, i.e. the highest
operating frequency is not higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating
frequency;
(3) The product of the rated output power (expressed in W) and the
maximum operating frequency (expressed in GHz) of no more than 300;
(4) An operation frequency no higher than 20 GHz;
(5) No multiple grid electron guns; and
(6) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages;
(ii) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(1) For civil applications;
(2) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or less, i.e. the highest
operating frequency is not higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating
frequency;
(3) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages; and
(4) Either of the following:
(a)A peak saturated output power not exceeding 1 kW, an average
output power not exceeding 40 W and the operating frequency not
exceeding 10 GHz; or
(b) A peak saturated output not exceeding 100 W, an average output
power not exceeding 20 W and the operating frequency between
10 and 20 GHz;
(iii) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) For civil applications;
(2) Designed for fixed frequency operation;
(3) Operating frequencies below 3.5 GHz;
(4) A peak output power of 1.6 MW or less; and
(5) An operating bandwidth of less than 1 per cent;
(iv) Tubes, having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Used as fixed-frequency or voltage-tunable oscillator tubes;
(2) Designed to operate at frequencies below 20 GHz; and
(3) A maximum output power of less than 3 W;
(d)Tubes which utilize interaction between an electron beam and microwave elements
or cavities but do not require a magnetic field to control or focus the electron beam,
except low power reflex oscillator klystrons designed operate at frequencies below
20 GHz and at a maximum output power of less han 3 W;
(e) Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons and microwave
elements or cavities in which the electrons drift in a direction parallel to the applied
magnetic field but also require for their operation a large component of velocity
transverse to the direction of the applied magnetic field, including but not limited
to gyrotrons, ubitrons and peniotrons;
(f) Tubes designed to withstand on any axis an acceleration of short duration (shock)
greater than 1000 g;
(g) Tubes designed for operation in ambient temperatures exceeding 200oC;
(h)Tubes of the types described in (c), (d) or (e) above, which are designed to operate
with no filament or cathode heating element (as indicated by the absence of heating
supply connections);
(i) Tubes which utilize a modulated beam of electrons striking one or more semi-
conductor diodes to provide power gain, (see also Item IL 1544);
(j) Cathodes for electronic vacuum tubes, as follows:
(1) Specially designed for tubes embargoed by sub-items (a) to (i) above; or
(2) Impregnated cathodes capable of producing a current density exceeding
0.5 A/cm2 at rated operating conditions.
Note:
Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology
for electronic vacum tubes or specially designed components therefor (for
manufacturing equipment, see item IL 1355(a)). This item does not embargo the
following electronic vacuum tubes and specially designed components therefor:
Tubes embargoed by sub-items (a) and (c) above, specially designed for civil
telecasting according to CCIR or OIR standards.
IL 1559 Hydrogen/hydrogen isotope thyratrons of cerarnic-metal construction and having any
of the following characteristics, and accessories therefor
(a) A peak pulse power output exceeding 20 MW;
(b) A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV;
(e) A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA.
Note:
For thyratrons rated for both single-shot (crowbar) and modulator service, the
figure for modulator service should be used.
IL 1560 Capacitors designed for or capable of maintaining their rated electrical and mechanical
characteristics during their specified operating lifetime, and technology therefor,
as follow--
(a)Monolithic ceramic capacitors (other than boundary layered capacitors) using non-
ferro-electric strontium titanate (SrTi03) dielectric rated for operation over the
whole range of ambient temperatures from below - 55oC to above + 85oC;
(b)Technology for the design and production of tantalum capacitors rated for
operation at ambient temperatures exceeding 125oC, except sintered electrolytic
types having a casing made of epoxy resin or which are sealed or coated with
epoxy resin.
Note:
Capacitors rated for operation during their specified lifetime at ambient temperatures
below - 55'C or above + 200'C are covered by Munitions List Item ML 11.
IL 1561 Materials specially designed and manufactured for use as absorbers of electromagnetic
waves having frequencies greater than 2 x 10' Hz and less than 3x10 12 Hz, except
materials as follows-
(i) 'Hair' type absorbers, whether constructed of natural or synthetic fibres, with non-
magnetic loading to provide absorption;
(ii) Absorbers whose incident surface is non-planar in shape, including pyramids,
cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces, and which have no magnetic loss; and
(iii) Absorbers having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Made of:
(a)Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with carbon-loading to
provide absorption; or
(b) Organic binders with magnetic material loading which do not provide
'broad-band absorption performance with low reflectivity';
Technical Note:
'Broad-band absorption performance with low reflectivity' is defined as
less than 5 per cent echo compared with metal over a bandwidth greater
than + 15 per cent of the centre frequency of the incident energy;
(2) The incident surface is planar;
(3) Their tensile strength is less than 7 x 10 6 N/m2(1 016psi);
(4) Their compressive strength is less than l4 x 10 6 N/m2(2032psi);and
(5) They cannot withstand more than 450K (177'C, 350'F).
Note:
Nothing in the above releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when contained
in paint.
IL 1564 'Assemblies' of electronic components, 'modules', printed circuit boards with
mounted components, 'substrates' and integrated circuits, including packages therefor,
as follows-
Note:
Integrated circuits are categorized as follows:
'monolithic integrated circuits'
'microcomputer microcircuits'
'microprocessor microcircuits'
'multichip integrated circuits'
'film type integrated circuits'
'hybrid integrated circuits'
'optical integrated circuits'
For a list of definitions of terms used in this Item, see Technical Note below.
(a) 'Substrates' for printed circuit boards, including ceramic 'substrates' and coated
metal 'substrates' (single-sided, double-sided or multilayer) and thin copper
foils therefor, except:
(1) Printed circuit boards manufactured from any of the following materials:
(A) Paper base phenolics;
(B) Glass cloth melamine;
(C) Glass epoxy resin uncoated or coated with copper foil of a thickness of
18 micrometre (0.00071 inch) or more;
(D) Polyethylene terephthalate; or
(E) Any other insulating material having all of the following characteristics:
(a) A maximum continuous rated operating temperature not exceeding
423K (150'C);
(b) A dissipation factor equal to or more than 0.009 at 1 MHz;
(c) A relative dielectric constant equal to or less than 8 at 1 MHz; and
(d)A coefficient of expansion equal to or more than +_ 10-5/K over a
temperature range of 273K to 393K (O'C to 120'C);
(2) Ceramic 'substrates' having no more than two layers of interconnections,
including the ground plane; or
(3) Copper foil having a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071 inch) or more;
(b) Ceramic packages for integrated circuits which are designed for hermetically scaled
pin or pad grid array, leadless carrier or surface-mounted configurations, except
when having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Single-in-line, dual-in-line or flat-pack configuration;
(2) Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50 mm or more, or 100 mil or more; and
(3) 40 leads or less;
(c) 'Assemblies', 'modules' and printed circuit boards with mounted components,
with any of the following characteristics:
(1) They include 'substrates' for printed circuit boards embargoed by sub-
item (a) above; or
(2) They contain embargoed componen, except when:
(A) The only embargoed components they contain are capacitors;
(B) They are power supply 'asemblies';
(C) They are non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric displays, of
which incorporated 'monolithic integrated circuits' having both the following
characteristics:
(a) Used for decoding, controlling or driving the display; and
(b) Not integral with the actual display device; or
(D) They are simple encapsulated photo-coupler (transopter) 'assemblies',
having both of the following characteristics:
(a) Electrical input and output; and
(b)Any incorporated light-emitting diode can only emit non-coherent
light;
Note:
Sub-item (c) (2) does not embargo 'assemblies', 'modules' or printed circuit
board with mounted components, having both of the following characteristics:
(a) Designed for equipment not embargoed by any other Item of these Lists;
and
(b) substantially restricted to the particular application for which they
have been signed by nature of either:
(1) Design;
(2) Performance;
(3) Lack of 'user-accessible rnicroprogrammability';
(4) Lack of 'user-accessible programmability';
(5) 'Software';
(6) 'Microprogramme' control; or
7) Specialized logic control.
Notes:
1. For the embargo status of 'assemblies', 'modules' or printed circuit boards with
mounted components which are designed for, or which have the same
functional characteristics as electronic computers or 'related equipment',
see Item IL 1565.
2.'Assemblies', 'modules' or printed circuit boards with mounted components
which are designed for, or which have the same functional characteristics as
embargoed equipment shall be rated against the parameters of the
appropriate equipment Item. In such cases, however, the relevant
temperature parameters have to be changed into: below 218K (- 55'C) or
above 358K (85oC).
(d)'Monolithic integrated circuits', 'microcomputer microcircuits',
'microprocessor microcircuits', 'multichip integrated circuits', 'film type
integrated circuits', 'hybrid integrated circuits' and 'optical integrated circuits',
except:
(1) Encapsulated passive networks;
Note:
Technology for the manufacture of thin film passive networks is not
released from embargo by this sub-item.
(2) Encapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the following characteristics:
(A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened;
(B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 233K (-40'C)
or above 358K (85oC);
(C) Packaged in any of the following casings:
(a) TO-5 outline cases (diameter 7.7 to 9.4 mm, i.e. 0.305 to 0.370
inch);
or
(b) Non-hermetically sealed cases; and
(D) Being any of the following types:
(a) Bipolar 'monolithic integrated circuits', having all of the following
characteristics:
(1)Designed to perform single digital logic function or a
combination of digital logic functions;
(2)Encapsulated in packages having 24 terminals or less;
(3) A 'basic gate propagationn delay time' of no less than 3 ns;
(4) A 'basic gate power dissipation' of no less than 2 mW; and
(5)A product of the 'basic gate propagation delay time' and the
'basic gate power dissipation' per gate of no less than 30 pJ for
types having 'basic gate propagation delay time' of 3 ns or
more and less than 5 ns;
(b) Bipolar 'monolithic integrated circuits', having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) Designed for operation in civil applications;
(2) Being either:
(A) Electronic switches, externally controlled by inductive,
magnetic or optical means; or
(B) Threshold value switches; and
(3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond or more;
(c) Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) 'monolithic
integrated circuits', having all of the following characteristics:
(1)Designed for operation as digital logic circuit elements but limited
to gates, inverters, buffers, flip-flops, latches, multivibrators,
bilateral switches, display drivers, fixed counters, fixed
frequency dividers, storage registers, decoders, voltage translators,
encoders, Schmidt triggers, delay timers, carry generators, clock
generators, or any combination of the above digital logic
functions;
(2) Encapsulated in packages having 24 terminals or less; and
(3) A minimum value of the 'basic gate propagation delay time'
under any rated condition of no less than 10 ns;
(d) Positive-channel type or negative-channel type metal-oxide semi-
conductor (PMOS or NMOS) 'monolithic integrated circuits',
having all of the following characteristics:
(1)Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use as
serial digital shift registers;
(2) A maximum clock rate of 10 MHz; and
(3) A maximum of 1024 bit per package;
(e) Silicon 'microcomputer microcircuits' having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) Mask programmed by the 'manufacturer' for a civil applica-
tion prior to shipment;
(2)A word size to 'speed' ratio of less than or equal to 1. 1 bit per
microsecond;
(3) A 'speed-power dissipation product' of more than or equal to
1.2 microjoule;
(4) Not containing on-the-chip:
(A) A read-only storage (ROM) of more than 4 096
byte;
Note:
This does not include the storage space needed for the
'microprogramme'.
(B) A random access storage (RAM) of more than 128
byte;
(C) A programmable read-only storage (PROM);
(D) Multiplication capabilities;
(E) General purpose operating systems (e.g. CP/M); or
(F) High order languages (e.g. Tiny Basic);
(5) An operand (data) word length of less than or equal to 8 bit;
(6)Not capable of using storage off-the-chip for 'programme'
storage; and
(7)Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K (-20oC) or above 348K (75oC);
Note:
Bit-slice 'microcomputer microcircuits' are not released by this
sub-item.
(f) Silicon 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'microcomputer micro-
circuits', 'microprocessor microciruits', 'multichip integrated
circuits' 'film type integrated circuits', 'hybrid integrated circuits',
or 'optical integrated circuits', having both of the following
characteristics:
(1) No 'user-accessible microprogrammability'; and
(2) Designed or programmed by the 'manufacturer' for any of the
following applications, only:
(A)Car electronics (e.g. entertainment, instrumentation,
safety, comfort, operations, or pollution);
(B)Home electronics, (e.g. audio and video equipment,
appliances, safety, education, comfort, remote controlled
toys or amusement);
(C) Timekeeping applications (e.g. watches or clocks);
(D) Personal communications up to 150 MHz, including
amateur radio communication and intercom;
(E)Unembargoed cameras including cine cameras but excluding
imaging microcircuits; or
(F)Medical electronic prostheses (e.g. cardiac pacemakers,
hearing aids);
Note:
The temperature limits specified in (d) (2) (B) above do not
apply to sub-section (A) or (F).
(g) 'Monolithic integrated circuits' or 'hybrid integrated circuits',
having all of the following characteristics:
(1) Not capable of addressing off-the-chip storage;
(2) No 'user-accessible microprogrammability'; and
(3) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use in
simple calculators, having both of the following characteristics:
(A)Performing a single function in response to a keystroke;
and
(B)Capable of performing floating point additions of a
maximum of 13 decimal digits (mantissa only) in no less
than 20 ms;
(h)'Monolithic integrated circuits' or 'hybrid integrated circuits', having
both of the following characteristics:
(1) No 'user-accessible microprogrammability'; and
(2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit designed limited to use in
simple key programmable calculators, having both of the
following charateristics:
(A) Capable of executing a sequence of no more than
256 'programme' steps introduced into a 'programme'
storage on-the-chip by a sequence of keystrokes; and
(B)Capable of performing floating point additions of a
maximum of 13 decimal digits (mantissa only) in no less
than 20 ms;
(i) Silicon 'microprocessor microcircuits', having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) A word size to 'speed' ratio of less than or equal to 1.25 bit per
microsecond;
(2) A 'speed-power dissipation product' of more than or equal to
2 microjoule;
(3) Not containing on-the-chip.
(A) Read-only storage (ROM);
(B) Programmable read-only storage (PROM);
(C) Random-access storage (RAM) of more than 1024 bit; or
(D) Multiplication instructions;
(4) Capable of addressing storage off-the-chip of no more than
65 536 byte;
(5) An operand (data) word length of less than or equal to 8 bit;
(6) An arithmetic logic unit (ALU) not wider than 8 bit; and
(7) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K(-20'C )or above 348K (75'C);
Note:
Bit-siice 'microprocessor microcircuits' are not released by this
sub-item.
(f) Storage 'monolithic integrated circuits' or ' multchip integrated circuits' , as follows:
(1) Read-only (ROMs), having all of the following characteristics:
(A)Mask programmed by the 'manufacturer' for a civil appplication prior to shipment;
(B) A maximum of 8 192 bit per package;
(C)A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; and
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K (-20'C) or above 348K (75'C);
(2)Positive-channel type or negative-channel type metal-oxide
semiconductor read-only (PMOS-or NMOS-ROMs),
having all of the following characteristics:
(A)Mask programmed by the 'manufacturer' for a civil
application prior to shipment;
(B) A maximum of 32 768 bit per package;
(C) A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; and
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K(-20'C) or above 348K(75oC);
(3) Positive-channel type or negative-channel type metal-oxide
semiconductor read-only (PMOS-or NMOS-ROMs), having all
of the following characteristics:
(A)Mask programmed or designed as character generators for
a standard character font;
(B) A maximum access time of no less than 250 ns; and
(C)Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K (-20oC) or above 348K (75'C);
(4) Programmable (non-erasable) read-only (PROMs) having all of
the following characteristics:
(A) Programmed by the 'manufacturer' for a civil application
prior to shipment;
(B) A maximum of 2 048 bit per package;
(C) A maximum access time of no less than 250 ns; and
(D) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K (-20oC) or above 348K (75'C);
(5)Programmable (non-erasable) read-only (PROMs) having all of
the following characteristics:
(A) Programmed by the 'manufacturer' for a civil application
prior to shipment;
(B)A maximum of 8 192 bit per package;
(C)A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; and
(D)Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K (-20'C) or above 348K (75oC);
(6) Bipolar random-access (RAMs), having any of the following pairs
of characteristics:
(A) A maximum of 64 bit per package and a maximum access
time of no less than 30 ns;
(B)A maximum of 256 bit per package and a maximum access
time of no less than 40 ns; or
(C)A maximum of 1024 bit per package and a maximum
access time of no less than 45 ns;
(7) Metal-oxide-semiconductor dynamic random access
(MOSDRAMs), having all of the following characteristics:
(A) A maximum of 4 096 bit per package;
(B) A maximum access time of no less than 250 ns; and
(C)Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below
253K (- 20oC) or above 348K (75oC);
(8) Metal-oxide semiconductor static random access (MOS-
SRAMs), having both of the following characteristics:
(A) A maximum of 1024 bit per package; and
(B) A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns;
(k)Amplifier 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'multichip integrated
circuits', 'film type integrated circuits' or 'hybrid integrated
circuits', as follows:
(1)Audio amplifiers, having a maximum rated continuous power
output of 50 W or less at an ambient temperature of 298K
(25oC);
Note:
For audio amplifiers, the 358K (85'C) upper temperature limit
specified in (d)(2)(B) above is not applicable. The lower limit
of 233K (-40oC) is applicable.
(2)Instrumentation amplifiers, having all of the following
characteristics:
(A)A best-case rated linearity of no better than + 0.0 1 per cent
at a gain of 100;
(B)A maximum gain-bannwidth product of no more than 7.5
expressed in MHz (e.g. a maximum bandwidth of 75 kHz at
- 3dB and a gain of 100); and
(C) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not exceeding
3 V/microsecond,
(3) Isolation amplifiers;
(4)Operational amplifiers, having all of the following
characteristics:
(A) A typical unity-gain open-loop bandwidth of no more than
5 MHz;
(B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no more than 10 6,
i.e. 120 dB;
(C) Either:
(a) A maximum intrinsic rated input offset voltage of no
less than 1.0 mV; or
(b)A maximum input offset voltage drift of no less than 5
microvolt/K;
(D) A typical slew unity-gain not exceeding 6 V/micro-
second; and
(E) A typical power dissipation of more than 10 mW per
amplifier, if the typical slew rate at unity-gain exceeds
2.5 V/microsecond; or
(5) Untuned alternating current (AC) amplifiers, having both of the
following characteristics;
(A) A bandwidth of less than 3 MHz; and
(B) A maximum rater power dissipation of 5 W or less at an
ambient temperature of 298K (25'C);
(l)Analog multiplier or divider 'monolithic integrated circuits',
multichip integrated circuits', 'film type integrated circuits' or
'hybrid integrated circuits', having both of the following characteristics:
(1) A best-case rated linearity of no better than + 0. 5 per cent of
full scale; and
(2) A - 3 dB small signal bandwidth of no more than 1 MHz;
(m)Converter 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'multichip integrated
circuits', 'film type integrated circuits' or 'hybrid integrated
circuits', as follows:
(1)Analogue-to-digital converters, having both of the following
characteristics:
(A)A maximum conversion rate to rated accuracy of no
more than 50 000 complete conversions per second, i.e.
a conversion time to maximum resolution of no less than
20 microsecond; and
(B)An accuracy of no better than + 0.025 per cent of full
scale over the specified operating temperature range;
(2) Analogue-to-digital convertors, having both of the following
characteristics:
(A) Designed for digital voltmeter application; and
(B) Permitting characteristics corresponding to those of instruments free from embargo
under Item IL 1529 (f);
(3) Digital-to-analogue converters, having both of the following
characteristics:
(A) A maximum settling time to rated inearity of no less than:
(a) 5 microsecond for voltage output converters; or
(b) 250 ns for current output converters; and
(B)A non-linearity, (ie. deviation from an ideal straight line) of
equal to or worse than +_ 0.025 per cent of full scale over
the specified operating termprature range;
(4) Voltage (rms-to-DC) converters; or
(5) Voltage-to-frequency converters having all of the following
characteristics:
(A)Not employing delta or delta/sigma modulation techniques;
(B)A rated accuracy of no better than +0.01 per cent of full
scale; and
(C) A 'gain drift' of not less than +50x10-6/K at rated
frequency;
Note:
'Gain drift' specifies the maximum change in gain over a
specific temperature range.
Note:
See Item IL 1527 for coders, decoders or coders/decoders (codec), all
when designed for voice.
(n)Interface 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'multichip integrated
circuits', 'film type integrated circuits' or 'hybrid integrated
circuits', as follows:
(1) Line drivers and line receivers having a 'typical propagation
delay time' from data input to output of no less than 15 ns;
(2) Peripheral or display drivers, having all of the following
characteristics:
(A) A maximum rated output current of 500 mA or less;
(B) A 'typical propagation delay time' from data input to
output of no less than 20 ns; and
(C) A maximum rated output voltage of 80 V or less;
(3) Sense amplifiers, having both of the following characteristics:
(A) A 'typical propagation delay time' from data input to
output of no less than 15 ns; and
(B) A typical input threshold voltage of no less than 10 mV; or
(4) Storage or clock drivers, having all of the following
characteristics:
(A) A maximum rated output current of 500 mA or less;
(B) A maximum rated output voltage of 30 V or less; and
(C)A 'typical propagation delay time' from data input to
output of no less than 20 ns;
Note: When the 'typical propagation delay time' is not specified,
the typical turn-on or turn-off time, whichever is less, should he
used.
(o)Peripheral positive-channel type or negative-channel type
metaloxide-semiconductor (PMOS or NMOS) 'monolithic
integrated
circuits' or 'multichip integrated circuits-, designed only for:
(1)The support of 'microprocessor microcircuits' which are
excluded from embargo by (d)(2)(D)(i) above; and
(2) Any of the following functions:
(A) Parallel input/output controller (PIO),
(B) Serial input/output controller (SIO) ,
(C) Dual asynchronous receiver/transmitter (DART); or
(D) Counter/timer circuit (CTC);
(p) Sample and hold 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'hybrid integrated
circuits', 'film type integrated circuits' or 'multichip integrated
circuits', having both of the following characteristics:
(1)An acquisition timing of no less than 10 microsecond; and
(2)A non-linearity, (i.e,a deviation from an ideal straight line), of
equal to or worse than 0.01 per cent of full scale for a hold
time of 1 microsecond.
(q) Timing 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'hybrid integrated circuits',
'film type integrated circuits' or 'multichip integrated circuits',
having both of the following characteristics:
(1) A typical timing error of no less than + 0. 5 per cent; and
(2) A typical rise time of no less than 100 ns; or
(r) Voltage 'monolithic integrated circuits', 'multichip integrated
circuits', 'film type integrated circuits' or 'hybrid integrated
circuits', as follows:
(1)Voltage comparators, having both of the following
characteristics:
(A) A maximum input offset voltage of no less than 2 mV; and
(B) A 'typical switching speed', i.e. typical response time of
no less than 30 ns;
(2)Voltage references, having both of the following characteristics:
(A) A rated accuracy of no better than + 0. 1 per cent; and
(B) A temperature coefficient of the voltage of no less than
15 X 10 -6/K or
(3) Linear type voltage regulators, having both of the following
characteristics:
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 50V or less; and
(B) A maximum output current of 2A or less;
(4) Switching type voltage regulators, having both of the following characteristics;
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40V or less; and
(B) A maximum output current of 150mA or less;
Notes:
1For voltage regulators, the 358K (85'C) upper temperature
limit specified in (d)(B)(2) above is not applicable. The lower
limit of 233K (-40'C) is applicable.
2.See (d)(2)(D)(m)(4) above for rms-to-DC voltage converters
and (d)(2)(D)(m)(5) for voltage-to-frequency converters.
(s)Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric displays, which do not
incorporate other 'monolithic integrated circuits';
(t)Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric displays, which
incorporate 'monolithic integrated circuits' having both of the
following characteristics:
(1) Used for decoding, controlling or driving the display; and
(2) Not integral with the actual display device;
(u)Simple encapsulated photocoupler (transopter 'optional integrated
circuits', having both of the following characteristics:
(1) Electrical input and output; and
(2)Any incorporated light-emitting diodes can only emit
non-coherent light;
(3)Unencapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the following
characteristics: (A) Based exclusively upon silicon;
(B) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; and
(C) Being any of the following types:
(a)Bipolar 'monolithic integrated circuits', having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) Designed to perform a single digital logic function or a
combination of digital logic functions;
(2) A 'basic gate propagation delay time' of no less than 5 ns;
(3) A product of the 'basic gate propagation delay time' and the
'basic gate power dissipation' per gate of not less than 70 pJ;
and
(4) No more than 24 input/output pads;
Note:
Sub-item (d)(3)(C)(a) does not permit shipment of complex
custom-built bipolar digital 'monolithic integrated circuits'.
(b)Bipolar 'monolithic integrated circuits', having all of the following
characteristics.
(1) Designed for operation in civil applications;
(2) Being either :
(A)Electronic switches, externally controlled by inductive,
magnetic or optical means; or
(B) Threshold value switches;
(3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond or more; and
(4) NO more than 24 input/output pads;
Note:
Sub-item (d)(3)(C)(b) does not permit shipment of complex
custom-built bipolar digital 'monolithic integrated circuits'.
(c)'Monolithic integrated circuits' having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) No 'user-accessible microprogrammability';
(2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use in civil
radio or television receivers;
(3) Rated for operation at 11 MHz or less;
(4)Not designed for station scanning applications;
(5)Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD) technology;
(6)Not intended for beam lead bonding; and
(7)If intended for video or luminance amplifiers, having both of
the following characteristics:
(A) A maximum rated supply voltage not exceeding 30 V; and
(B) A typical bandwidth not exceeding 7.5 MHz;
(d) 'Monolithic integrated circuits' having all of the following
characteristics: (1) No 'user-accessible microprogrammability';
(2) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD) technology; (3) Not
intended for beam lead bonding; and
(4) Designed or programmed by the 'manufacturer' for any of the
following applications, only:
(A) Timekeeping applications ( e.g. watches or clocks): or
(B) Cardiac pacemakers or hearing aids;
(e) Amplifier 'monolithic integrated circuits' as follows:
(1) Audio amplifiers, having a maximum rated power output of
25 W or less at an ambient temperature of 298K (25'C); or
(2) Operational amplifiers, having all of the following
characteristics:
(A) A typical unity-gain open-loop bandwidth of no more than
5 MHz:
(B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no more than 562 000
i.e. 115 dB;
(C) A maximum intrinsic rated input offset voltage of no less than 2.5mV; and
(D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not exceeding 2.5V/microsecond;
Voltage 'monolithic integrated circuits' as follows:
(1) Voltage comparators, having both of the following characteristics:
(A) A maximum input offset voltage of no less than 5 mV; and
(B)A 'typical switching speed', i.e. typical response time of no less
than 50 ns.
(2) Linear type voltage regulators, having both of the following
characteristics:
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 V or less; and
(B) A maximum output current of 1 A or less; or
(3) Switching type voltage regulators, having both of the following characteristics:
(A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 V or less; and
(B) A maximum output current of 150 mA or less;
(4) Encapsulated integrated circuits having all of the following characteristics:
(A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened;
(B) Not rated for operation at ambient temperature below 233K(-40'C)
or above 358K (85'C);
(C) Packaged in hermetically sealed ceramic packages excluded from
embargo under sub-item (b) above; and
(D) Containing unencapsulated integrated circuits excluded from embargo
under sub-item (d)(3) above.
Notes:
1 .Nothing in the above shall be construed as permitting the export of wafer or chip
design or processing information inherent in the manufacture of any embargoed
class of 'assembly', 'module', integrated circuit or 'circuit element',
irrespective of any release of devices in any of these classes. This restriction
also applies to technology embodied both in the equipment embargoed by Item
IL 1355 and in its use.
2. Integrated circuits having no 'user-accessible microprogrammability' (e.g. mask
programmed) are only eligible for release from embargo
if:
(a)The design or 'programme' are originated either by the 'manufacturer'
alone or in concert with the user of the integrated circuit;
(b)The 'programme' is unalterably fixed at the time of manufacture; and
(c)The 'manufacturer' established that the design, basic functions and
performance of the integrated circuit are only for the intended end-use.
N.B.
Integrated circuits, including gate arrays and programmable logic arrays, based
only or primarily on customer-supplied circuit design or 'programmes' do not
meet the criteria of this Note and are therefore not released under this Item.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
7. Not used.
8. Definition of terms:
'assembly'-
A number of electronic components (i.e. 'circuit elements', 'discrete
components', integrated circuits etc.) connected together to perform (a)
specific function(s), replaceable as an entity and normally capable of being
disassembled.
'basic gate power dissipation'-
The power dissipation value corresponding to the basic gate utilized within a
family of 'monolithic integrated circuits'. This may be specified, for a given
family, either as the power dissipation per typical gate or as the typical power
dissipation per gate.
'basic gate propagation delay time'-
The propagation delay time value corresponding to the basic gate utilized within
a family of 'monolithic integrated circuits-. This may be specified, for a given
family, either as the propagation delay time per typical gate or as the typical
propagation delay time per gate.
N.B.
'Basic gate propagation delay time' is not to be confused with input/output
delay time of a complex 'monolithic integrated circuit'.
'circuit element'-
A single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one
diode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc.
'discrete component'-
A separately packaged 'circuit element' with its own external connections.
'film type integrated circuit'-
An array of 'circuit elements' and metallic
interconnections formed by deposition of a thick or thin film on an insulating
'substrate'.
'hybrid integrated circuit'-
Any combination of integrated circuits, 'circuit element' or 'discrete
components' connected together to perform (a)specific function(s).
'manufacturer'-
For the purposes of this Item the individual or organization designing an
integrated circuit or a 'programme' for an intended application, in contrast to
an individual or organization merely programming an integrated circuit at, or in
accordance with, a user's request.
'microcomputer microcircuit'-
A 'monolithic integrated circuit' or 'multichip integrated circuit' containing an
arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of executing general purpose instructions
from an internal storage, on data contained in the internal storage.
N.B.
The internal storage may be augmented by an external storage.
'microprocessor microcircuit'-
A 'monolithic integrated circuit' or 'multichip integrated circuit' containing an
arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of executing a series of general purpose
instructions from an external storage.
N.B.
The 'microprocessor microcircuit' normally does not contain integral user-
accessible storage, although storage present on-the-chip may be used in
performing its logic function.
'microprogramme'-
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the
execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction in
an instruction register.
'module'-
A number of electronic components (i.e. 'circuit elements', 'discrete
components', integrated circuits etc.) connected together to perform (a) specific
function(s), replaceable as an entity and not normally capable of being
disassembled.
'monolithic integrated circuits'-
A combination of passive or active 'circuit elements' or both which:
(a) Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implantation processes
or
deposition processes in or on a single semiconducting piece of material,
a so-called 'chip';
(b) Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and
(c) Perform the function(s) a circuit.
'multichip integrated circuit'-
Two or more 'monolithic integrated circuits' bonded to a common 'substrate'.
'optical integrated eircuit'~-
A 'monolithic integrated circuit' or a 'hybrid integrated circuit', containing
one or more parts designed to function as a photosensor or photoemitter or to
perfrom (an) optical or (an) electro-optical function(s).
'programme'-
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form
executable by an electronic computer.
'software'-
A collection of one or more 'programmes' or 'microprogrammes' fixed in any
tangible medium of expression.
'speed'
The time to fetch an operand C and another operand D, both from an external
storage outside any work register, add these operands and put the result back in
storage. The addressing mode which yields the shortest execution time shall be
used. The result of the add operation shall be stored in either the same location as
one of the addends or in some other location. This choice shall be made to give the
shortest execution time at the highest specified clock frequency.
'speed-power dissipation product'-
The product of the 'speed' and the typical power dissipation which shall be taken
at the clock frequency used in the 'speed' computation. The typical power
dissipation may be any of the following, but must be the lowest value specified:
(a) The specified typical internal power dissipation;
(b) One half the maximum internal power dissipation;
(c) The product of the nominal supply voltage and typical total supply current; or
(d) One half of the product of the nominal supply voltage and maximum total
supply current.
'substrate'-
A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection pattern and on which
or within which 'discrete components', integrated circuits or both can be located.
'user-accessible microprogramniability'-
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace 'microprogrammes'.
'user-accessible programmability'-
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace 'programmes' by means
other than:
(a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
(b) The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
IL 1565 Electronic computers, 'related equipment', equipment or systems containing electronic
computers, and technology therefor, as follows; and specially designed components and
accessories for these electronic computers and 'related equipment';
(For the embargo status of 'software', see Item IL 1566)
Technical Notes:
1. Electronic computers, and 'related equipment' are categorized as follows:
'analogue computer'-
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous variables:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Process data; and
(c) Provide output of data.
'digital computer'-
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices;
(c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is
modifiable; and
(d) Provide output of data.
Note:
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed
storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections.
'hybrid computer'-
Equipment which can:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Process data, in both analogue and digital representations; and
(c) Provide output of data.
'related equipment'-
Equipment 'embedded' in, 'incorporated' in, or 'associated' with electronic
computers, as follows:
(a)Equipment for interconnecting 'analogue computers' with 'digital
computers';
(b)Equipment for interconnecting 'digital computers';
(c)Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to 'local area networks'
or to 'wide area networks';
(d)Communication control units;
(e)Other input/output (I/O) control units;
(f)Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL
1572;
(g)Display; or
(h)Other peripheral equipment.
Note:
'Related equipment' which contains an 'embedded' or 'incorporated'
electronic computer, but which lacks 'user-accessible programmability', does not
thereby fall within the definition of an electronic computer.
2. This Item includes:
(a) Assemblies, modules, or printed circuit boards with mounted components
referred to this Item by Item IL 1564;
(b) Assemblies of materials or thin film devices or devices containing them
referred to this Item by Item IL 1588.
(c) Central processing unit-'main storage' combinations;
(d) Digital differential analyzers (incremental computers); and
(e) Processors for stored-programme control.
(This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of terms used in this
Item, see Note 16 below.)
2. Listed as follows:
(a)'Analogue computers' and 'related equipment' therefor, which are designed or
modified for use in airborne vehicles, missiles, or space vehicles and rated for
continuous operation at temperatures from below 228K (-45oC) to above 328K
(+ 55'C);
(b)Equipment or systems containing 'analogue computers' embargoed by sub-item (a);
(c)'Analogue computers' and 'related equipment' therefor, other than those
embargoed by sub-item (a), except those which neither:
(1)Are capable of containing more than 20 summers, integrators, multipliers or
function generators; nor
(2) Have facilities for readily varying the interconnections of such
components;
(d)'Hybrid computers' and 'related equipment' therefor, with all the followin
characteristics:
(1) The analogue section is embargoed by sub-item (c);
(2)The digital section has an internal fixed or alterable storage of more than 2048 bit; and
(3)Facilities are included for processing numerical data from the analogue
section in the digital section or vice versa;
(e)'Digital computers' or embargoed 'analogue computers' containing equipment
for interconnecting 'analogue computers' with 'digital computers';
(f)'Digital computers' and 'related equipment' therefor, with any of the following
characteristics:
(1) Designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles, missiles or space vehicles
and rated for continous operation at temperatures from below 228K (-45oC)
to above 328K (+ 55'C);
(2) Designed or modified to limit electromagnetic radiation to levels much less
than those required by government civil interference specifications;
(3) Designed as ruggedized or radiation-hardened equipment and capable of
meeting military specifications for ruggedized or radiation-hardened
equipment; or
(4) Modified for military use;
(5)Designed or modified for certifiable multi-level security or certifiable user
isolation applicable to government classified material or to applications
requiring an equivalent level of security;
(g) Equipment or systems containing 'digital computers' embargoed by sub-item (f);
(h)'Digital computers' and 'related equipment' therefor, other than those
embargoed by sub-items (e) or (j), even when 'embedded' in, 'incorporated' in,
or 'associated' with equipment or systems;
Note:
The embargo status of these 'digital computers' and 'related equipment'
therefor is governed by the appropriate Item provided:
(a) They are 'embedded' in other equipment or system;
(b) The other equipment or systems are described in other Items in these
Lists; and
(c)The technology for these 'digital computers' and 'related equipment' is
governed by sub-item (j) below.
(l) Including 'digital computers' and 'related equipment', as follows:
(i) Designed or modified for:
Note:
'Digital computers' and 'related equipment' containing equipment,
devices or logic control for the following functions are also included.
(a) 'Signal processing';
(b) 'Image enhancement';
(c) 'Local area networks';
Note:
For the purpose of this sub-item, data communication systems when
located within a single piece of equipment (e.g. television set, car),
are not considered to be designed or modified for 'local area
networks'.
(d) 'Multi-data-stream processing';
Note:
For the purpose of this sub-item, 'digital computers' and 'related equipment' are not considered to be designed or modified for
'multi-data-stream processing', if they:
(a)Utilize staged (pipelined) instruction interpretation for
conventional single instruction-single data sequence processing;
or
(b) Have an arithmetic unit implemented with bit-slice
microprocessor microcircuits.
(e) Combined recognition, understanding and interpretation of image,
continuous (connected) speech or connected word text other than
'signal processing' or 'image enhancement' described in sub-item
(h)(1)(i)(a) or (b);
(f) 'Real time processing' of sensor data:
(1)Concerning events occurring outside the 'computer using
facility', and
(2)Provided by equipment embargoed by Items IL 1501,
1502,1510 or 1518;
Note:
This does not include digital radar signal processing by equipment
which is:
(a)Embargoed by Item IL 1501(c)(2)(vi) only, for which the
conditions of Item IL 1501 apply; or
(b)Freed from embargo by the two year limit in Item IL
1501(c)(2)(vii).
(g) Microprocessor or microcomputer development systems;
Note:
For microprocessor or microcomputer development systems, see
Item IL 1529(b)(6)(ii).
(h) 'Fault tolerance';
Note:
For the purpose of this sub-item, 'digital computer' and 'related
equipment' are not considered to be designed or modified for 'fault
tolerance', if they utilize:
(a) Error detection or correction algorithms in 'main storage';
(b)The interconnection of two 'digital computers' so that, if
the active central processing unit fails, an idling but mirroring
central processing unit can continue the system's functioning;
(c)The interconnection of two central processing units by data
channels or by use of shared storage to permit one central
processing unit to perform other work until the second central
processing unit fails, at which time the first central processing
unit takes over in order to continue the system's functioning; or
(d) The synchronization of two central processing units by 'software'
so that one central processing unit recognizes when
the other central processing unit fails and recovers tasks from
the failing unit.
(i) Not used.
(j) 'User-accessible microprogrammability':
Note:
For the purpose of this sub-item, 'digital computers' and 'related
equipment' are not considered to be designed or modified
for 'user-accessible microprogrammability'; if this facility is limited to:
(a) Loading, reloading or inserting of 'microprogrammes',
provided by the supplier; or
(b) Simple loading of 'microprogrammes', which may or may not
be provided by the supplier, but which are neither designed to be
accessible to the user nor accompanied by training or 'software' for user
accessibility.
(k) 'Data (message) switching;
(l) 'Stored programme controlled circuit switching'; or
(m) 'Wide area networks';
(a) Size, weight, power consumption and reliability or other characteristics
(e.g. bubble memory), which allow easy application in
mobile tactial military systems; and
(b) Ruggedized above the level required for a normal commercial/office
environment, but not necessarily up to levels specified in sub-item (f);
(2) Except:
(i) 'Digital computers' or 'related equipment' therefor, provided:
(a) They are 'embedded' in other equipment or systems;
Note:
This does not preclude input/output control unit-disk drive
combinations having all the following characteristics:
(1) A 'total transfer rate' not exceeding 5.5 million bit per second;
(2) Total connected 'net capacity' not exceeding 200 million bit;
(3) No more than one independent drive; and
(4) A 'total access rate' not exceeding 40 accesses per second;
(b)They are not the 'principal element' of the other equipment or
systems in which they are 'embedded';
(c) The other equipment or systems are not described by other Items in
these Lists;
(d) They have been designed and used for non-strategic applications;
(e)They are, by nature of design or performance, restricted to the
particular application for which they have been designed,
(f) The 'total processing data rate' of any one 'embedded' 'digital
computer' does not exceed 43 million bit per second;
(g)The sum of the 'total processing data rate' of each 'embedded'
'digital computer' does not exceed 100 million bit per second;
(h)They do not include equipment or systems embargoed by Item IL
1519(c) or by Item IL 1567;
(i)Not used;
(j)They do not include equipment described in sub-item (h)(1)(i)(a)
to (m), other than for: /
(1)'Signal processing' or 'image enhancement' when lacking
'user-accessible programmability' and when 'embedded' in
medical imaging equipment; or
(2)'Local area networks' implemented by using integral inter-
faces designed to meet ANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 or IEC
Publication 625-1;
(ii) 'Digital computers','related equipment' therefor, provided:
(a)They are 'incorporated' in other equipment or systems;
(b)They are not the 'principal element' of the other equipment or
systems in which they are 'incorporated';
(c)The other equipment or systems are not embargoed by other Items
in these Lists;
(d)The 'total processing data rate' of any one 'incorporated' 'digital
computer' does not exceed 15 million bit per second;
(e)The 'total internal storage available to the user' does not exceed
9.8 million bit; and
(f)They do not include embargoed 'related equipment' other than
input/output control unit---disk drive combinations having all of
the follownsg characteristics:
(1)A 'Total transfer rate' not exceeding 5.5 million bits per
second;
(2)A total connected 'net capacity' not exceeding 200 million
bits;
(3)No more than one independent drive; and
(4)A 'total access rate' not exceeding 40 accesses per second;
(g)They do not include equipment or systems embargoed by Item IL
1519(c) or by Item IL 1567;
(h)They do not include equipment described in sub-item (h)(1)(ii);
(i)Not used;
(j)They do not include equipment described in sub-item (h)(1)(i)(a)
to (m), other than for:
(1)'Signal processing' or 'image enhancement' when lacking
'user-accessible programmability' and when 'embedded' in
medical imaging equipment; or
(2)'Local area networks' implemented by using integral
interfaces designed to meet. ANSI/MEE Std 488-1978 of IEC
Publication 625-1;
Note:
'Digital computers' or 'related equipment' 'incorporated' in
equipment exportable under the provisions of Items IL 1501,
1502, 1510 or 1518, which are for internal functions which
incidentally might be considered to be described by subitem
(h)(1)(i)(f), are exportable as part of that equipment. 'Digital
computers' or 'related equipment' for the 'real-time
processing' of the outputs of the equipment embargoed by
Items IL 1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518 and for Air Traffic
Control systems are covered by this Item.
(iii) 'Digital computers' other than those described in sub-item (h)(1) above,
and 'related equipment', having all the following characteristics:
(a)Shipped as complete systems;
(b)Designed and announced by the manufacturer for identifiable civil
use;
(c)Not specially designed for any equipment embargoed by any other
Item in these Lists;
(d)'Total processing data rate' not exceeding 6.5 million bit per
second;
(e)'Total internal storage available to the user' not exceeding 6.2
million bit; and
(f)They do not include a central processing unit implemented with
more than two microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits;
Note:
This limit does not include any dedicated microprocessor or
microcomputer microcircuit used soley for display, keyboard or
input/output control, or any bit-slice microprocessor microcircuit.
(g)They do not include a microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit
with more than 16-bit word length or a bus architecture with more
than 16 bit;
(h)They do not include analogue-to-digital or digital-to-analogue
converter microcircuits:
(1)Exceeding the limits of Item 1568(k); and
(2)Not for direct driven video monitors for normal commercial
television;
(i)Not used;
(j)They do not include embargoed 'related equipment' other than input/output
control unit-disk drive combinations having all of the following
characteristics:
(1) A 'total transfer rate' not exceeding 5.5 million bits per second;
(2) A total connected 'net capacity' not exceeding 200 million bits;
(3) No more than one independent drive; and
(4) A 'total access rate' not exceeding 40 accesses per second;
(k)They do no include equipment embargoed by Item IL 1519(c) or by
Item IL 1567;
(iv)Peripheral, equipment, as follows, provided it lacks 'user-accessible
programmability':
(a)Card punches and readers;
(b)Paper tape punches and readers;
(c)Manually operated keyboards and teletype devices;
(d)Manually operated graphic tablets not having more than 1024
resolvable points along any axis;
(e)Impact printers;
(f)Non-impact printer, not embargoed by Item IL 1572(b) or (c),
which do not exceed:
(1) 2000 lines (30 pages) per minute; or
(2) 600 characters per second;
(g) Plotting equipment, not embargoed by Item IL 1572(b) or (c),
producing a physical record by ink, photographic, thermal, or
electrostatic techniques, which has:
(1)A liner accuracy worse than or equal to + 0.004 per cent; and
(2)An active plotting area less than or equal to 1700 nun (66.9
inch) by 1 300 mm (51.2 inch);
(h) Digitizing equipment, generating rectilinear coordinate data by
manual or semi-automatic tracing of physical records, which has:
(1)A linear accuracy worse than or equal to +0.004 per cent; and
(2)An active digitizing area less than or equal to 1700 mm
(66.9 inch) by 1 300 mm (51.2 inch);
(i) Not used;
(j) Optical mark recognition (OMR) equipment;
(k) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment which:
(1)Does not contain 'signal processing' or 'image enhancement'
equipment; and
(2)Is only for:
(i) Stylized OCR characters;
(ii) Other internationally standardized stylized character fonts;
or
(iii) Other characters limited to non-stylized or hand printed
numerics and up to 10 hand-printed alphabetic or other
characters;
(l) Cathode-ray tube displays for which circuitry and character-
generation devices, external to the tube, limit the capabilities to:
(1)Alpha-numeric characters in fixed formats;
(2)Graphs composed only of the same basic elements as used for
alpha-numeric character composition; or
(3)Graphic displays for which the sequence of symbols and basic
elements of symbols are fixed;
(m) Cathode-ray tube graphic displays, not containing cathode-ray tubes
embargoed by Item IL 1541, which are limited as follows:
(1) The 'maximum bit transfer rate' from the electronic computer
to the display does not exceed 9 600 bit per second;
Note:
Direct driven video monitors are excluded from this limitation.
(2) Not more than 1024 resolvable elements along any axis; and
(3) Not more than 16 shades of grey or colour;
(n)Cathode-ray tube graphic displays, not containing cathode-ray tubes
embargoed by Item IL 1541, provided they are:
(1) Part of industrial or medical equipment; and
(2) Not specially designed for use with electronic computers;
(o)Graphic displays specially designed for signature or security
checking having an active display area not exceeding 150 cm 2
(23.25 inch 2);
(p)Other displays provide that:
(1)Circuitry and character-generation devices external to the display
device (e.g. panel, tube) and the construction of the
display device limit the capabilities to:
(i) Alpha-numeric characters in fixed formats;
(ii) Graphs composed only of the same basic elements as used
for alpha-numeric character composition; or
(iii) Graphic displays for which the sequence of symbols and
basic elements of symbols are fixed; and
(2) They are limited to:
(i) A capability for displaying no more than 3 levels (off,
intermediate and full on); and
(ii) A minimum character height of not less than:
(a) 5.5 mm (0.22 inch) if the area is 1200 CM 2 (186 inch
2) or less; or
(b) 20 mm (0.79 inch) if the area is more than 1200 cm 2
(186 inch 2); and
(3)They do not have as an integral part of the display device:
(i) Circuitry; or
(ii) Non-mechanical character-generation devices;
(q) Light gun devices or other manual graphic input devices which are:
(1) Part of unembargoed displays; and
(2) Limited to 1 024 resolvable elements along any axis;
(r) Disk drives for non-rigid magnetic media (floppy disks) which do
not exceed:
(1) A 'gross capacity' of 17 million bit;
(2) A 'maximum bit transfer rate' of 0.52 million bit per second; or
(3) An 'access rate' of 12 accesses per second;
(s) Cassette/cartridge tape drives or magnetic tape drives which do not
exceed:
(1) A 'maximum bit packing density' of 131 bit per mm (3 300 bit
per inch) per track; or
(2) A' maximum bit transfer rate' of 2.66 million bit per second;
(v) Input/output interface or control units, as follows, provided they
lack 'user-accessible programmability':
(a)Designed for use with peripheral equipment free from embargo
under sub-item (h)(2)(iv) above; or
(b)Designed for use with digital recording or reproducing equipment
specially designed to use magnetic card, tag, label or bank cheque
recording media, free from embargo according to Item IL 1572(a)(ii);
(i) Not used;
(j) Technology, as follows:
(1) Technology applicable to the:
(i) Development, production or use (i.e. installation, operation and
maintenance) of electronic computers or 'related equipment', even if these
electronic computers or 'related equipment' are not embargoed by this
Item; except
(a) Technology which is unique to 'related equipment' free from
embargo under sub-item (h)(2)(iv)(a) to (c), (e), (f), (l), (n), (p) or (q)
and which is not otherwise embargoed by any other Item in these List; or
(b) The minimum technical information necessary for the use of
electronic computers or 'related equipment' free from embargo; or
(ii) Development, production or use of equipment or systems embargoed by
sub-item (b) or (g); or
(2) Technology for the integration of:
(i) Embargoed electronic computers or embargoed 'related equipment'
into other equipment or systems whether or not the other equipment
or systems are embargoed; or
Note:
Nothing in the above should be construed to embargo technology for the
integration which is unique to the other equipment or systems if they are
free from embargo.
(ii) Unembargoed electronic computers or unembargoed 'related equipment'
into embargoed equipment or systems.
Note:
This does not, however, release from embargo the technology for the
integration of electronic computers or 'related equipment' which are freed
from embargo only by sub-item (h)(2)(i) or only by sub-item (h)(2)(ii).
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
7. Not used.
8. Not used.
9. Not used.
10. Not used.
11. Not used.
12. Not used.
13. Not used.
14. Not used.
15. Not used.
16. Definitions of terms used in this Item
'access rate'-
(a) Of an input/output control unit---drum or disk drive combination (Rad)---
Either the 'access rate' of an input/output control unit (Rac) or the sum of
the individual 'access rates' of all independent seek mechanisms (Ras),
whichever is smaller.
Thus Rad = min (Rac; SUM Ras);
(b) Of an input/output control Unit (Rac)-
(1) With rotational position sensing(rps),
the sum of the individual 'access
rates' of all independent seek mechanisms (Ras) connected to the
control unit.
Thus Rac = SUM Ras (with rps); or
(2) Without rotational position sensing (rps), the number (C) of
independent read/write channels connected to the control unit divided
by the least 'latency time' (tlmin.) of any connected independent seek
mechanism.
Thus: Rac = C / tlmin (without rps)
(c)Of a seek mechanism (Ras)-
The reciprocal of the 'average access time' (taa) of the seek
mechanism.
Thus: Ras = 1/taa
'average access time' of seek mechanism (taa)-
The sum of the 'average seek time' (taa) and the 'latency time' (tl).
Thus: taa = tsa + tl
'average seek time' (tsa)-
The sum of the 'maximum seek time' (tsmax) and twice the'minimum seek
time' (tsmin), divided by three.
Thus: tsa = tsmax + 2tsmin / 3
'maximum seek time' tsmax)--
(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
(2) For moving head or moving media devices, the rated time to move
between the two most widely separated tracks.
'minimum seek time' (tstmin)--
(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
(2) For moving head or moving media devices, the rated time to move from
one track to an adjacent track.
'latency time' (tl)-
The rotational period divided by twice the number of independent read/write
heads per track.
'analogue computer'-
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous variables:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Process data; and
(c) Provide output of data.
'associated' with equipment or systems-
(a) Can feasibly be either.
(i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or
(ii) Used for other purposes; and
(b) Is not essential to the operation of such
equipment or systems.
'communication channel'
The transmission path or circuit including the terminating
transmission and receiving equipment (modems) for transferring digital
information between distant locations.
'computer operating area'
The immediate contiguous, and accessible area around the electronic computer,
where the normal operating, support and service functions take place.
'computer using facility' -
The end-users configuous and accessible facilities:
(a)Housing the 'computer operating area' and those end-user functions which are
being supported by the stated application of the electronic computer and its
'related equipment'; and
(b) Not extending beyond, 1 500 metres in any direction from the centre of the
'computer operating area'.
'cumulative total processing data rate'-
The sum of all 'total processing data rates' in a given transaction.
'data device'-
Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information.
'data (message) switching'-
The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward or packet switching,
for:
(a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or other digital or
telegraphic information groups which are transmitted as a composite whole);
(b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;
(c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for the purpose of:
(1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conversion, error control,
retransmission or journaling);
(2) Transmission; or
(3) Multiplexing; and
(d)Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission or receiving
facilities are available.
'data signalling rate'-
The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into account that,
for non-binary modulation, baud and bit per second are not equal. Binary digits
for coding, checking, and synchronization functions are included.
N.B.
It is the maximum one-way rate, i.e. the maximum rate in either transmission or
reception.
'digital computer'
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices;
(c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is
modifiable; and
(d) Provide output of data.
N.B.
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed
storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections.
'embedded' in equipment or systems-
Can feasibly be neither:
(a) Removed from such equipment or systems; nor
(b) Used for other purposes.
'equivalent multiply rate'
The maximally achievable number of multiplication operations which can be
performed per second considering that, in the case of simultaneous multiplication
operations, all multiplication rates have to be summed in order to arrive at the
'equivalent multiply rate':
(a) Assuming
(1) Optimal operand locations in the 'most immediate storage'; and
(2) Operand lenghts at least 16 bit, or more if this allows for faster operation;
and
(b)Neglecting
(1) Set-up operations;
(2) Pipeline filling operations;
(3) Initialization;
(4) Interrupts; and
(5) Data reordering times.
N.B.
Simultaneous multiplication operations can occur because of:
(a) Multiple arithmetic units for operations such as complex multiplication,
convolution or recursive filtering;
(b) Parallel pipelining;
(e) More than one arithmetic unit in one data processing unit; or
(d) More than one data processing unit in one system.
'fault tolerance'-
The capability to perform correctly without human intervention after failure of
any 'assembly', so that there is no single point in the system the failure of which
could cause catastrophic failure of the system's functioning.
'assembly'-
A number of components (i.e. circuit elements, discrete components,
microcircuits) connected together to perform a specific function or functions,
replaceable as an entity and normally capable of being disassembled.
'firmware'-
See 'microprogramme'
'gross capacity'
The product of'
(a)The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions per unformatted track;
and
(b) The total number of tracks including spare tracks and tracks not accessible
to the user.
'hybrid computer'-
Equipment which can:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Process data, in both analogue and digital representations; and
(c) Provide output data.
'image digitizer'-
A device for directly converting an analogue representation of an image into
a digital representation.
'image enhancement'-
The processing of externally derived information-bearing images by algorithms
such as time compression, filtering extraction, selection, correlation, convolution
or transformations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier Transform or Walsh
Transform). This does not include algorithms using only linear or rotational
transformation of a single image, such as translation, feature extraction,
registration or false colouration.
'incorporated' in equipment or systems-
(a) Can feasibly be either:
(i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or
(ii) Used for other purposes; and
(b) Is essential to the operation of such equipment or systems.
'local area network'- :
A data communicatioin system which:
(a)Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to communicate
directly with each other; and
(b)Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g. office building, plant,
campus, warehouse).
'main storage'-
The primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access by a central
processing unit. It consists of the internal storage of a 'digital computer' and any
hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed
extended storage.
'maximum bit packing density'--
The density of recording specified in accordance with the appropriate ANSI or
ISO Standard (eg ANSI X3, 14-1979, ISO 1862-1975; ANSI X3.22-1973; ISO
1873-1976; ANSI X3,39-1973; ISO 3788-1976; ANSI X3.48-1977; ISO 3407-1976;
ANSI X3 56-1977 ISO 4057-1979; ANSI X3.54-1976).
maximum bit transfer rate'-
(a) Of a drum or disk drive (Rtdmax) is the product of:
(1) The in maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions per unformatted
track; and
(2) The number of tracks which simultaneously can be read or written, divided by the rotational period;
(b) Of a magnetic tape drive (Rttmax), is the product of:
(1) The 'maximum bit packing density';
(2) The number of data bits per character (ANSI) or per row (ISO); and
(3) The maximum tape read/write speed.
'microprogramme'-
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the
execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into
an instruction register.
'most immediate storage'-
The portion of the 'main storage' most directly accessible by the central
processing unit:
(a) For single level 'main storage', this is the internal storage; or
(b) For hierarchial 'main storage', this is:
(1) The cache storage;
(2) The instruction stack. or
(3) The data stack.
'multi-data-stream processing
The 'microprogramme' or euipment architecture technique which permits pro-
cessing two or more data sequences under the control of one or more instruction
sequences by means such as:
(a) Parallel processing; or
(b) Structured arrays of processing elements.
'net capacity'-
Of a drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive, or a bubble memory:
The total capacity designed to be accessible to the 'digital computer' excluding
error control bits.
'non-volatile storage'
A storage device the contents of which are not lost when power is removed.
'other peripheral device'-
A 'data device' which is:
(a)Peripheral to a central processing uint-'main storage' combination; and
(b)Not an input/output control unit-drum, disk or magnetic tape drive or
bubble memory combination.
'principal element'-
A 'didtal computer' or 'related equipment' which is:
(a)Either 'embedded' or 'incorporated' in another equipment or system; and
(b)In replacement value more than 35 per cent of the replacement value of the
total equipment system, i.e. including the 'digital computer' or 'related
equipment'.
'programme'-
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form
executable by an electronic computer.
'real time processing'--
Processing of data by an electronic computer in response to an external event
according to time requirements imposed by the external event.
'related equipment'-
Equipment 'embedded' in, 'incorporated' in, or 'associated' with electronic
computers, as follows:
(a)Equipment for interconnecting 'analogue computers' with 'digital
computers';
(b)Equipment for interconnecting 'digital computers';
(c)Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to 'local area networks' or to
'wide area networks';
(d) Communication control units;
(e) Other input/output(I/O) control units;
(f) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL 1565 by Item
IL 1572;
(g) Displays; or
(h) Other peripheral equipment.
N.B.
'Related equipmenC which contains an 'embedded' or 'incorporated' electronic
computer, but which lacks 'user-accessible programmability', does not thereby
faill within the definition of an electronic computer.
'signal processing'
The processing of externally derived information-bearing signals by algorithms
such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation,
convolution or transformations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier Transform or
Walsh Transform).
'software'-
A collection of one or more 'programmes' or 'microprogrammes' fixed in any
tangible medium of expression.
'stored-programme-controlled circuit switching'
The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, a direct (space-division
switching) or logical (time-division switching) connection between circuits
based on switching control information derived from any source or circuit and
processed according to the stored 'programme' by one or more electronic
computers.
'terminal device'-
A 'data device' which:
(a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating devices; and
(b) Is capable of.
(1) Accepting producing a physical record;
(2) Accepting a manual input; or
(3) Producing a visual output.
N.B.
Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g. a combination of paper tape punch/
reader and printer), connected to a single data channel or 'communication
channel', shall be considered as a single 'terminal device'.
'total access rate' (Ratot)-
The sum of the individual 'access rates' of all input/output control unit-drum or
disk drive combinations (Rad) provided with the system which can be sustained
simultancously assuming the configuration of equipment which would maximize
this 'total access rate'.
Thus: Ratot=SUM Rad
'total connected capacity'-
The storoge capacity excluding error control bits, word marker bits, and flag bits.
'total data signalling rate'-
The sum of individual 'data signalling rates' of all 'communication channels'
which:
(a) Have been provided with the system; and
(b) Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of the
equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.
'total internal storage available to the user'
The sum of the individual capacities of all internal user-alterable or user-
replaceable storage devices, which may be:
(a) Included in the equipment at the same time; and
(b) Used to store 'software' instructions or data.
'total processing data rate' --
(a) Of a single central processing unit, is its 'processing data rate';
(b)Of multiple central processing units which do not share direct access to a
common 'main storage', is:
The individual 'processing data rate' of each central processing unit, ie, each
unit is separately treated as a single central processing unit as in (a) above;
or
(c) Of multiple central processing units, which partially or fully share direct
access to a common 'main storage' at any level, is the sum of:
(1) The highest of the individual 'processing data rates' of all central
processing units; and 7
(2)0.75 times the 'processing data rate' of each remaining central
processing unit, sharing the same 'main storage';
assuming the configuration of equipment, which would maximize this sum of
rates.
'processing data rate'-
The maximum of either:
(a) the 'floating point processing data rate' (Rf); or
(b) The 'fixed point processing data rate' (Rx).
NB
The 'processing data rate' of a central processing unit implemented with two
or more microprocessor microcircuits, not including any dedicated micropro-
cessor microcircuit used solely for display, keyboard or input/output control,
is the sum of the individual 'processing data rates' of all these microprocessor
microcircuits.
'floating point processing data rate (Rf)--
The sum of.
(1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point instruction' (nix)or
0.85 times the 'number of bits in a floating point instruction' (nif), if no
fixed point instructions are implemented;
(2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point instruction' (nif);
(3)0.40 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (nox)or O.4O times
the number of bits in a floating point operand' (nof), if no fixed point
instructions are implemented; and
(4) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nof);
divided by the sum of:
(1) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point addition (tax) or for a
floating point addition (taf), if no fixed point instructions are
implemented;
(2) 0.09 times the 'execution time' for a floating point addition (taf); and
(3)0.06 times the 'execution time' for a floating point multiplication (tmf) or
for the fastest available subroutine (tmsub) to simulate a floating point
multiplication instruction, if no floating point multiplication instructions are implemented.
Thus:
Rf= (0.85)nix+(0.15)nif+(0.40)nox+(0.15)nof / (0.85)tax+(0.09)taf+(0.06)tmf
or if fixed point instructions are implemented then:
Rf= (1.00)nif +(0.55)nof/(0.94)taf+(0.06)tmf
or if no floating point multiplication instructions are implemented (tmf= tmsub)
then:
Rf = (0.85)nix+(0.15)nimf+(0.40)nox+(0.15)nof/ (0.85)tax+(0.09)taf+(0.06)tmsub
NB:
if a 'digital computer' has neither floating point addition nor floating point
multiplication instructions, then its 'floating point processing data rate' is
equal to zero.
'fixed point processing data rate' (Rk)
The sum of.
(1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point adtitn instruction' (nlax);
(2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point multiplication instruction'
(nimx); and
(3) 0.55 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (nox)
divided by the sum of:
(1) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point addition (tax); and
(2) 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point multiplication (tmx)
or for the fastest available subroutine (tmsub) to simulate a fixed point
multiplication instruction if no fixed point multiplication instructions
are implemented.
Thus:
Rx= (0.85)niax+(0.15)nimx+(0.55)nox / (0.85)tax+(0.15)tmx
or if no fixed point multiplication instructions are implemented (tmx = 1msub) then:
Rx (0.85)nimx+(0.15)nimx +(0.55)nox / (0.85)tnx+(0.15)tmxub,
N.B.:
If a 'digital computer' has neither fixed point addition nor fixed point
multiplication instructions, then its 'fixed point processing data rate' is equal to
zero.
'number of bits in a:
Fixed point addition instruction' (niax)
Fixed point multiplication instruction (nimx)
Floating point addition instruction' (ninf)
Floating point multiplication instruction' (nimf)
The appropriate shortest single fixed or floating point
instruction length which permits full direct addressing of the 'main storage'.
NB:
1 .When multiple instructions are required to simulate an appropriate single
instruction, the number of bits in the above instructions is defined as
16 bits plus the number of bits (biax, bimx, biaf, bimf) which permits full
direct addressing of the 'main storage'.
Thus:
niax = 16 + biax;
nimx = 16 + bimx;
niaf = 16 + biaf;
nimf = 16 + bimf;
2. If the addressing capability of an instruction is expanded by using a base
register, then the 'number of bits in an instruction, fixed or floating point,
addition or multiplication' is the number of bits in the instruction with
the standard address length including the number of bits necessary to use
the base register.
'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (nox)-
(a) The shortest fixed point operand length; or
(b) 16 bit;
whichever is greater.
'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nof)
(a) The shortest floating point operand length; or
(b) 30 bit;
whichever is greater.
'execution time'
(a) The time certified or openly published by the manufacturer for the
execution of the fastest appropriate instruction, under the following
conditions:
(1) No indexing or indirect operations are included;
(2) The instruction is in the 'most immediate storage';
(3)One operand is in the accumulator or in a location of the 'most
immediate storage', which is acting as the accumulator;
(4) The second operand is in the 'most immediate storage'; and
(5) The result is left in the accumulator or the same location in the
'most immediate storage', which is acting as the accumulator;
(b) If only the maximum and minimum execution times of the instructions
are published, the sum of:
(1) The maximum execution time of an instruction (tmax); and
(2) Twice the minimum execution time of this instruction (tmin);
Divided by three
Thus: t = tmax + 2tmin/3
(t stands for any of the values tax, taf, tmx, or tmf);
(d)For central processing units which simultaneously fetch more than one
instruction from one storage location:
The average of the 'execution times' when executing instructions fetched
from all possible locations within the stored word.
(e)If the longest fixed point operand length is smaller than 16-bit, then use
the time required for the fastest available subroutine to simulate a 16 bit
fixed point operation.
N.B.
1 .If the addressing capability of an instruction is expanded by using a base register,
then the 'execution time' shall include the time for adding the content
of the base register to the address part of the instruction.
2. When calculating 'processing data rate' for computers with cache sizes
smaller than 64K Bytes, the 'execution time' of the appropriate instruc-
tions will be calculated as follows:
(cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when both instruction and operand
are in cache storage)+ (1 -cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when
neither instruction nor operand are in cache storage),
The cache hit rate being:
1.00 for cache size of 64K Byte
0.95 for cache size of 32K Byte
0.90 for cache size of 16K Byte
0.85 for cache size of 8K Byte
0.75 for cache size of 4K Byte
'total transfer rate'-
(a) Of the input/output control unit-drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape
drive combinations (Rtdtot):
The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all input/output control
unit-drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations (rtd)
provided with the system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming
the configuration of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.
Thus: Rtdtot = SUM Rtd;
'transfer rate'-
(1)Of an input/output control unit-drum or disk drive combination (Rtd),
the smaller of either:
N.B.
For the 'transfer rate' of an input/output control unit-cartridge-type
streamer tape drive combination, see (b) below.
(i) The input/output control unit 'transfer rate' (Rtc'); or
(ii) The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all independent seek
mechanisms (Rts)-
Thus: Rtd = min (Rw; SUM Rts);
(2) Of an input/output control unit (Rtc):
(i) With rotational position sensing (rps), is the product of:
(a) The number of independent read/write channels(C): and
(b) The greatest 'maximum bit transfer rate' (Rtsmaxmax) of all
independent seek mechanisms; or
(ii) Without rotational position sensing (rps) is two-thirds of this
product.
Thus:
Rtc = C. Rtxmaxmax (with rps); or
Rtc = 2 C. Rtsmaxmax/3 (without rps);
(3) Of an independent seek mechanism (Rts):
The product of:
(i) The 'maximum bit transfer rate' (Rtsmax); and
(ii) The rotational period (tr);
Divided by the sum of:
(i) The rotational period (tr);
(ii) The 'minimum seek time'(tsmin); and
(iii)The 'latency time' (tl);
Thus: Rts=Rtsmax x tT/tt+tsmin + l1
'minimum seek time' (tsmin)-
(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
(2) For moving head or moving media devices, the rated time to move
from one track to an adjacent track.
'latency time' (ti)
The rotational period divided by twice the number of independent read/write
heads per track.
(b) Of the input/output control unit-magnetic tape drive combinations (rtttot):
The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all input/output control unit-
magnetic tape drive combinations (Rtt) provided with the system which can be
sustained simultaneoulvy assuming the configuration of equipment which
would maximize the sum of rates.
Thus: Rutot= SUM Rtt;
'Transfer rate'-
Of an input/output control unit-cartridge-type streamer or magnetic tape
drive combination (Rtt):
The product of:
(1) The number of independent read/write channels (C); and
(2) The greatest 'maximum' bit transfer rate' (Rttmaxmax) of all tape drives.
Thus: Rtt = C. Rttmaxmax
(c)Of the input/output or communication control unit-directly connected data
channel combinations:
The sum of the individual 'transfer rates of all data channels' provided with
the system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming the
configuration of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates.
'transfer rate of any data channel'-
The sum of the individual bit transfer rates of all the 'other peripheral devices',
excluding 'terminal devices', which can be sustained simultaneously on the data
channel.
'user-accessible microprogrammability'-
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace 'microprogrammes'.
'user-accessible programmability'-
The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace 'programmes' by means
other than:
(a) A physical change in writing in interconnections; or
(b) The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
'virtual storage'
The storage space that may be regarded as addressable 'main storage' by the user
of a computer system in which virtual addresses are mapped into real addresses.
NB:
The size of 'virtual storage' is limited by the addressing scheme of the computer
system and not by the actual number of 'main storage' locations.
'wide area network'-
A data communication system which:
(a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to communicate with
each other;
(b) May include local area network; and
(c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed facilities.
IL 1566 'Software' and technology therefor, as follows
Note:
The embargo status of 'specially designed software' for the use of equipment described
in other Items in these Lists (except Item IL 1565) is dealt with in the appropriate
Item, and the embargo status of 'software' for equipment described in Item IL 1565 is
dealt with in the present Item.
Technical Notes:
1 . 'Software' is defined as follows:
'software'
A collection of one or more 'programmes' or 'microprogrammes' fixed in any
tangible medium of expression.
'programme'
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form
executable by an electronic computer.
'microprogramme'-
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the
execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into
instruction register.
2. Software' is categorized as follows (there is a close relationship and possible
overlap among these categories):
'development system'-
'Software' to develop or produce 'software'. This includes 'software' to manage
those activities. Examples of a 'development system' are programming support
environments, software development environments, and programmer-
productivity aids.
'programming system'-
'Software' to convert a convenient expression of one or more processes ('source
code' or 'source language') into equipment executable form ('object code' or
'object language').
'diagnostic system'-
'Software' to isolate or detect 'software' or equipment malfunctions.
'maintenance system'-
'Software' to:
(a)Modify 'software' or its associated documentation in order to correct faults,
or for other updating purposes; or
(b) Maintain equipment.
,,operating system'-
'Software' to control:
(a) The operation of a 'digital computer' or of 'related equipment'; or
(b) The loading or execution of 'programmes'.
'application software'-
'Software' not falling within any of the other defined categories of 'software'.
3. 'Specially designed softwarC is defined as:
The minimum 'operating systems', 'diagnostic systems', 'maintenance
systems' and 'application software' necessary to be executed on a particular
equipment to perform the function for which it was designed. To make other,
incompatible equipment perform the same function requires:
(a) Modification of this 'software'; or
(b) Addition of 'programmes'.
(This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of terms used in
the Item, see Note 12 below; see also Item IL 1565 for additional definitions relating
to electronic computers.)
Listed as Follows: (a) 'Software' of whatever category, as follows:
(1)'Software' designed or modified for any computer that is part of a computer
series designed and produced within a proscribed area; except 'application
software' designed for and limited to:
(i) Accounting, general ledger, inventory control, payroll, accounts
receivable, personnel records, wages calculation or invoice control;
(5) Data and text manipulation such as sort/merge, text editing, data entry
or word processing;
(iii) Data retrieval from established data flies for purposes of report
generation or inquiry for the functions described in (i) or (ii) above; or
(iv) The non 'real time processing' of pollution sensor data at fixed sites
or in civil vehicles for civil environmental monitoring purposes;
(2) 'Software' designed or modified for the design, development or production
of items embargoed in these Lists;
(3) 'Software' designed or modified for:
(i) Embargoed 'hybrid computers-;
(ii) One or more of the functions described in Item IL 1565(h)(1)(i)(a) to
(j) and (m) or for 'digital computers' or 'related equipment' designed
or modified for such functions, except the minimum 'specially designed
software' in machine-executable form for 'digital computers' and
'related equipment' therefor which are freed from embargo only by
Item IL 1565(h)(2)(i) or (ii), and only when supplied with the
equipment or systems;
(4) 'Software' for computer-aided design, manufacture, inspection or test of
items embargoed in these Lists;
(5)'Software' designed or modified to provide certifiable multi-level security or
certifiable user-isolation applicable to government-classified material or to
applications requiring an equivalent level of security, or 'software' to certify
such 'software';
(b) Categorized 'software' as follows:
(1) 'Development systems' as follows:
(i)'Development systems' employing 'high-level language' and designed
for or containing 'programmes' or 'databases' special to the
development or production of.
(a) 'Specially designed software' embargoed by any other Item in these
Lists;
(b) 'Software' embargoed by sub-items (a)(2) or (c)(3) of this Item;
including any subset designed or modified for use as part of such a
'development system';
(ii) 'Development systems' employing 'high-level language' and designed
for or containing the 'software' tools and 'databases' for the
development or production of 'software' or any subset designed or
modified for use as part of a 'development system' such as, or
equivalent to:
(a) Ada Programming Support Environment (APSE);
(b) Any subset of APSE, as follows:
(1) Kernel APSE;
(2) Minimal APSE;
(3) Ada compilers specially designed as an integrated subset of
APSE; or
(4) Any other subset of APSE;
(e) Any superset of APSE; or (d)
Any derivative of APSE;
(2) 'Programming systems' as follows:
(i)'Cross-hosted' compilers and 'cross-hosted' assemblers;
Note:
For 'cross-hosted' compilers or 'cross-hosted' assemblers which have
to be used in conjunction with microprocessor or microcomputer
development instruments or systems described in Item IL 1529, see
that item.
(ii) Compilers or interpreters designed or modified for use as part of a
'development system' embargoed by (1) above;
(iii)Disassemblers, decompilers or other 'software' which convert
'programmes' in object or assembly language into a higher level
language, except simple debugging 'application software', such as
mapping, tracing, check-point/restart, breakpoint, dumping and the
display of the storage contents or their assembly language equivalent;
(3) 'Diagnostic systems' or 'maintenance systems' designed or modified for
use as part of a 'development system' embargoed by (1) above;
(4) 'Operating systems' as follows:
(i)'Operating systems' designed or modified for 'digital computers' or
'related equipment' exceeding any of the following limits:
(a) Central processing unit-'main storage' combinations:
(1) 'Total processing data rate'-48 million bit per second;
(2) 'Total connected capacity' of 'main storage'-25.2 million bit; (3)
'Virtual storage' capability-512 MByte (b) Input/output control unit-
drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer
tape drive combinations:
(1) 'Total transfer rate'---15 million bit per second;
(2) 'Total access rate'-320 accesses per second;
(3) Total connected 'net capacity'-7 000 million bit;
(4) 'Maximum bit transfer rate' of any drum or disk drive-
10.3 million bit per second;
(c) Input/output control unit-bubble memory combinations:
Total connected 'net capacity'-2.1 million bit; (d) Input/output
control unit-magnetic tape drive combinations:
(1)'Total transfer rate'--5.2 million bit per second;
(2)Number of magnetic tape drives-twelve;
(3)'Maximum bit transfer rate' of any magnetic tape drive 2.6
million bit per second;
(4)---Maximumbit packing density'--63 bit per mm (1600 bit per
inch) per track;
(5) Maximum tape read write speed-508 cm (200 inch) per second;
Note:
This sub-ite does not embargo 'operating systems' designed or
modified for 'digital computers' or 'related equipment':
(a)Not exceeding the above limits even when the 'operating
systems' can so be used on 'digital computers' or 'related
equipment' exceeding the above limits; or
(b) Belonging to a series containing models exceeding the above
limites, if the 'operating systems' are used on 'digiatl computers'
or 'related equipment' of the series which do not exceed the above limits.
(ii) 'Operating systems' providing on-line transaction data processing which
permit integrated teleprocessing and 'on-line updating' of 'databases'.
(5) 'Application software as follows:
(i) 'Software' for cryptologic or cryptanalytic applications;
(ii) Artificial intelligence 'software', including 'software' normally classified
as expert systems, which enables a 'digital computer' to perform
functions that are normally associated with human perception and
reasoning or learning;
(iii) 'Database management system' which are designed to handle 'distri-
buted database' for:
(a) Fault tolerance by using techniques such as maintenance of
dupicated 'databases';
(b) Integrating data at a single site from independent remote
'databases';
(iv) 'Software' designed to adapt 'software' resident on one 'digital comp ter'
for use on another 'digital computer', except 'software' to adap between
two legally exported 'digital computers';
(c)Technology applicable to the development, production or use (ie installation,
operation an maintenance) of 'software', even if the 'software' is unembargoed,
except:
(1) Technical data in the public domain; or
(2) The minimum technical information necessary for the use of 'software' free
from embargo.
Note
For he purposes of this sub-item, technology does not include 'software'.
Notes:
1. Not usedd.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
7. Not used.
8. Not used.
9. Not used.
10. Not used.
11. Not used.
12. Definitions of terms used in this Item:
'analogue computer'-
Equipment which can, in the form of one o continuous variables:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Process data; and
(c) Provide output of data.
'application softwaie'~-
'Software' not falling within any of t e other defined categories of 'software'.
'cross-hosted'-
For 'programming systems', those which produce 'programmes' for a model of
electronic computer diffierent from that used to run the 'programming system',
i.e. they have code generators for equipment different from the host computer.
'database'
A collection of data, defined for one or more particular applications, which is
physically located and maintained in one or more electronic computers or 'related
equipments'.
'database management system'
'Appliication software' to manage and maintain a 'database' in one or more prescribed logical
structures for use by other 'application software' indpendent of the specific methods used to store or retrieve
the 'database'.
'developme system '
'Software' to develop or produce 'software'. This includes 'software'
to manage those activites. Examples of a 'development system' are programming
support environments, software development environments, and programmer-
productivity aids.
'diagnostic system'
'Software' to isolate or detect 'software' or equipment malfunctions.
'digital compter'-
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices;
(c) Process data by means by a stored sequence of instructions which is
modificable; and
(d) Provide output of data.
N. B.
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed
toorlage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections.
'distributable database'-
A 'database' which is physically located and maintained in part or as a whole in
two or more interconnected electronic computers or 'related equipment, such
that inquiries from one location can involve 'database- access in other interconnected
electronic computers or 'related equipment'.
'firinware'-
See 'microprogramme'.
'high-level language'-
A programming language that does not reflect the structure of any one give
electronic computer or that of any one given class of electronic computers.
'hybrid computer'
Equipment which can:
(a) Accept data;
(b) Process data, in both analogue and digital representations; and
(c) Provide output of data.
'maintenance system'
'Software' to:
(a) Modify 'software' or its associated documentation in order to correct faults,
or for other updating purposes; or
(b) Maintain equipment.
'microprogramme'-
A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the
execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into
an instruction register.
'object code' or 'object language'-
See 'programming system'.
'on-line updating'-
Processing in which the contents of a 'database' can be amended within a period
of time useful to interact with an exteral request.
'operating system'-
'Software' to control:
(a) The operation of a 'digital computer' or of 'related equipment'; or
(b) The loading or execution of 'programmes'.
'programme'-
A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form
executable by an electronic computer.
'programming system'
'Software' to convert a convenient expression of one or more processes ('source
code' or 'source language') into equipment executable form ('object code' or
'object language').
'related equipment' in, 'incorporated' in, or 'associated' with electronic computers, as follows:
(a) Equipment for interconnecting 'analogue computers'- with 'digital computers';
(b) Equipment for interconnecting 'digital computers';
(c) Equipment for interconnecting electronic computers to 1ocal area networks' or to
'wide area networks';
(d) Communicatio control units;
(e) Other inpput/output (I/O) control units;
(f) Recording or reoorducing equipment referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL1572;
(g) Displays; or
(h) Other peripheral equipment.
N.B.
'Related equip ent' which contains an 'embedded' or 'incorporated electronic
computer', but which lacks 'user-accessible programmability', does not thereby
fall within the definition of an electronic computer.
'self-hosted'-
For 'programming systems', those which produce 'programmes' for the same
model of electronic computer as that used to run the 'programming system', i.e.
they only have code generators for the host computer.
'software'
A collection of one or more 'programmes' or 'microprogrammes' fixed in any
tangible medium of expression.
'source code' or 'source language'-
See 'programming system'.
'specially designed software'-
The minimum 'operating systems 'diagnostic systems', 'maintenance systems'
and 'application software' necessary to executed on a particular equipment
to perform the function for which it was designed. To make other incompatible
equipment perform the same function requires:
(a) Modification of this 'software'; or
(b) Addition of 'programmes'.
'standard commercially available' -
For 'software', that which is:
(a)Commonly supplied to general purchasers or users of equipment outside
proscribed areas, but noprecluding the personalization of certain parameters
for individual custome wherever located;
(b)Designed and produced for civil applications;
(c)Not designed or modified for any 'digital computer' which is part of a 'digital
computer' senes d igned and produced within a proscribed area; and
(d) Supplied in a commonly distributed form.
11, 1567 Stored-programme-contr lied communication switching equipment or systems and
technology therefor, as follows; and specially designed components therefor and
'specially designed software' for the use of these equipment or systems-
Technical Notes:
1 . Stored-program e-controlled communication switching equipment or systems are
categorized as follows:
(a) Communication equipment or systems for 'data (message) switching':
'data (message) switching'
The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward or packet
switching for:
(a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or other digital
or telegraphic information groups which are transmitted as a
composite whole);
(b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;
(c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for the
purpose of:
(1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conversion, error
control, retransmission orjournaling);
(2) Transmission; or
(3) Multiplexing; and
(d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission or
receiving facilities are available.
'local area network'
A data communication system which:
(a)Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to
communicate directly with each other; and
(b)Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g. office
building, plant, campus, warehouse).
'wide area networV-
A data communication system which:
(a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to
communicate with each other;
(b) May include 'local area networks'and
(c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed facilities.
(b) Communication equipment or systems for 'stored-programme-controlled
circuit switching:
'stored-programme-controlled circuit itching'
The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, a direct
(space-division switching) or logical (time-division switching)
connection between circuits based on switching contral information derived
from any source or circuits and processed according to the stored programme by one or more
electronic computers.
2. Electronic computers 'embedded'in stored-progamme-controlled communica-
tion switching equipment or systems are to be regarded as specially designed
components therefor.
3.This Item includes statistical multiplexers which digital input and digital output,
referred to this Item by Item IL 1519(c),if they satisfy the deinitions of either 'data
(message) switching 'or 'stored-pogramme-controlled circuit switching'
N.B. See Item IL 1519(c) for statistical multiplexers which provide only fixed routing
i.e. routing which is neither:
(a)Determined when the circuit established;nor
(b)Dynamically alterable.
(This ends the Technical notes. For a Complete list of definitions of terms used in this
Item , see Note 8 Below; see aslo Item IL 1565 for additional defmitions relating to
electronic computers and Item IL 1566 for additional relating to 'software')
Listed as follows:
(a) Communication equipment or system for data (message) switching 'including those for '
local area networks ' or for 'wide area networks'
(b) Communication equipment or systems for 'stored-programme-controlled ciruit
switching'except:
(1) Key telephone systems, provided that:
(i) They do not provide direct dial access to agroup of shared exchange lines or'
trunk circuits'
(ii)They are not designed to be upgraded to 'private automatic branch exchanges'(PABXs');
(iii)The 'software' supplied:
(a)Is limited to:
(1) The minimum 'specially designed software' necessary for the use
(i.e. installation operation and maintenance)of the equipment or systems; and
(b)Does not include 'sofware';
(1)Embargoed by Item IL 1527(a)(5)or Item ML 11 on the
Munitions List;or
(2)To permit user-modification of generic 'software' or its
associated documentation; and
If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user
without support from the supplier, then the 'software' necessary for
commissioning is:
(a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and
(b) Kept under the control of the supplier;
(2) 'Stored-programme-controlled telegraph circuit switching' equipment or
systems, provided that:
(i) They are designed for civil end-use; and
(ii) They provide only the sevices as defined in CCITT Recommendations
F.60 to 79 (Volume II - Fascicle II.4, VII Plenary Assembly, 10-21
November 1980),i.e. the telegraph service whereby subscribrts, as defined
in CCITT Recommendation X.1 classes 1 and 2, can communicate
directly and temporarily between themselves using start-stop telegraph
equipment operating:
(iii) The 'software' supplied:
(a) Is limited to:
(1) The minimum 'specially designed sofware' necessary for the use (i.e. installation,
operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems and
(2) Machine-executable form ; and
(b) Does not incliude 'software'
(1) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, 1566(a)(5) or Item ML 11 on the Munitions Lists; or
(2) To permit user-modification of generic 'software' or its
associated documentation; and
(iv) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user
without support from the supplier then the software necessary for commissioning is:
(a)Exported on a temporary basis only; and
(b)Kept under the control of the suppier;or
(3)'Stored programme-controlled telephone ciruit switching' equipment or systems provided
that;
(i) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use as'space division analogue exchanges'
or 'time - division analogue exchanges'which fukfil the definition of private automatic branch exchanges
('PABXs')
(ii)The equipment or systems do not contain 'digital computer'or 'related
equipment'embargoed by:
(a) Item IL 1565(f);
(b) Item IL 1565(h)(1)(i)(a) to (k)or(m);or
(c) Item IL 1565(h)(1)(ii)
(iii)'Communication channels' or 'terminal devices'used for administrative and control purposes;
and control purposes:
(a) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and
(b) Do not exceed a 'total data signalling rate' of 9 600 bit per second;
(iv) Voice channels are limited to 3 100 Hz as defined in CCITT
Recommendation G. 151;
(v) The 'PABXs' do not have 'trunk circuit'-to-subscriber line ratios which
exceed:
(a) 35 percent for 'PA11Xs' with less than 100 subscriber lines; or
(b) 20 per cent for 'PA11Xs' with 100 or more subscriber lines;
(vi) The 'PA11Xs' do not have the following features: (a) Multi-level call
pre-emption including overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines,
'trunk circuits' or switches; or (b) 'Common channel signallinj;
(vii) The 'software'
supplied: (a) Is limited
to:
(1)The minimum 'specially designed software' necessary for the
use (i.e. installation, operation and maintenance) of the
equipment or systems; and
(2) Machine-executable form; and
(b) Does not include 'software':
(1)Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566(a)(5) or Item ML 11 on the
Munitions List; or
(2)To permit user-modifiction of generic 'software' or its
associated documentation; and
(viii) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user
without support from the supplier, then the 'software' necessary for
commissioning is:
(a) Exported on a temporary basis only: and
(b) Kept under the control of the supplier; and
(c) Technology applicable to the development, production or use (i.e. installation,
operation and maintenance) of stored-programme-controlled communication
switching equipment or systems, even if the equipment or systems are not
embargoed by this Item, except:
The minimum technical information necessary for the use of stored-programme-
controlled communication switching equipment or systems which are free from
embargo.
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
7. Not used.
8. Definitions of terms used in this Item:
'common channel signalling'
A signalling method in which a single channel between exchanges conveys, by
means of labelled messages, signalling information relating to a multiplicity of
circuits, or calls and other information such as that used for network
management.
'communication channel
The transmissionor path circuit including the terminating transmission and
receiving equipmedems) for transferring digital information between distant
locations.
'data device'-
Equipment capabf transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information.
information.
'data (message) switching'
The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward or packet switching,
for:
(a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or other digital or
telegraphic information groups which are transmitted as a composite whole);
(b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;
(c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for the purpose of..
(1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conversion, error control,
retransmission or journaling);
(2) Transmission; or
(3) Multiplexing; and
(d)Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission or receiving
facilities are available.
'data signalling rate'-
The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into account that, for
non-binary modulation, baud and bit per second are not equal. Binary digits for
coding, checking, and synchronization functions are included.
NB..
It is the maximum one-way rate, i.e., the maximum rate in either transmission or
reception.
'digital computer'-
Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables:
(a) Accept date;
(b) Store date or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices;
(c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is
modifiable; and
(d) Provide output of data.
NB:
Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed
storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections.
'embedded' in equipment or systems
Can feasibly by neither.,
(a) Removed froms such equipment or systems; nor
(b) used for other purposes.
'local area network'
A data communication system which:
(a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to communicate
directly with each other; and
(b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g. office building, plant,
campus, warchouse).
'PAIIX'-
See 'private automatic branch exchange'.
'private autorn tic branch exchange'-
An automatic telephone exchange, typically incorporating a postion for an
attendant, designed to provide access to the public network and serving exten-
sions in an institution such as a business, government, public-service or similar
organization.
'software,'
A collection of one or more 'programmes' or 'microprogrammes' fixed in any
tangibl medium of expression.
'space-division analogue exchange'-
A 'space-division exchange', using an analogue (including sampled analogue)
signal within the switching matrix. Such exchanges can route digital signals,
subject to the bandwidth limitations of the equipment. Thus, such exchanges in
public networks commonly pass digital data at rates of several kilobit per second
per voice channel of 3 100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G. 15 1.
N.B.
A 'space-division analogue exchange' with a wideband switching matrix can be
converted to a 'space-division digital exchange' by modifying some or all of the
input interface circuitry.
'space-division digital exchange'-
A 'space-division exchange' which accommodates the transmission throught the
switching matrix of digital signals requiring a bandwidth wider than a voice
channel of 3 100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendatio G. 151.
N.B.
A 'space-division digital exchange' can be converted to a 'space division analogue
exchange' by modifying some or all of the input intereface circuitry.
'space-division exchange'-
An exchange in which different streams of data voice signals are routed through
the switching matrix along physically diffrent paths. The signal being routed
through the matrix can be analogue (eg. conventional amplitude modulation, pulse
amplitude modulation) or digital (eg. pulse code modulation, delta modulation
or data).
specially designed software'-
The minimum 'operating systems', 'diagnostic systems', 'maintenance systems'
and 'application software' necessary to be executed on a particular equipment to
perform the function for which its designed. To make other, incompatible
equipment perform the same functio requires:
(a) Modification of this 'software'; or
(b) Addition of 'programmes'.
'stored-programme-controlled circuit switching'-
The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, a direct (space-
division switeffing) or logical (time-division switching) connection between circuits
based on switching control information derived from any source or circuit and
processed according to the stored 'programme' by one or more electronic
computers.
'stored-programme-controlled switching'-
Techniques essentially identical to those for 'stored-programme-controlled tele-
phone circuit switching', for establishment connections between telegraph (e.g. telex)
circuits based solely on a subscriber-type of signalling information.
'stored-programme-controlled telephone circuit switching'-
The technique for establishing within an exchange, on demand and until released,
an exclusive direct space-division switching) or logical (time-division switching)
connection between calling and called telephone circuits:
(a)Based solely on a subscriber-type of telephone signalling information, derived
from the calling circuit; and
(b)Processed according to the stored 'programmes' by one or more electronic computer.
The telephone circuits may carry any type of signal, e.g. telephone or telex,
compatible with a voice channel bandwidth of 3 100 Hz or less.
'terminal device'
A 'data device' which:
(a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating devices; and
(b) Is capable of.
(1) Accepting or producing a physical record;
(2) Accepting a manual input; or
(3) Producing a visual output.
NB:
Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g. a combination of paper
tape punch/reader and printer), connected to a single data channel or
'communication channel', shall be considered as a single 'terminal
device'.
'terminal exchange'---
(a) A local exchange used for terminating subscribers' lines;
(b)A remote switching unit which performs some functions of a local exchange
and operates under a measure of control from the parent
(c) A local exchange, typically 2-wire, used as a Switchin point for traffic
between subordinate local exchanges, which may also provide 4-wire connections to
and from the national long-distance network; or
(d) An exchange which performs any combination of functions in (a), (b) or (c)
above.
'time-division analogue exchange'
A 'time-division exchange' in which the parameter, associated with an individual
segment of a stream of data or voice signals, varies continuously.
'time-division digital exchange'
A 'time-division exchange' in which the parameter, associated with an individual
segment of a stream of data or voice signals, is one of a finite number of digitally
coded values.
'time-division exchange'
An exchange in which segments of different streams of data or voice signals are
interleaved in time and routed through the switching matrix along a common
physical path. The matrix may also include one or more stages of space-division
switching. The signal being routed through the matrix can be analogue (e.g. pulse
amplitude modulation) or digital. (e.g. pulse code modulation, delta modulation
or data).
'total data signalling rate'
The sum of the individual 'data signalling rates' of all 'communication channels-
which:
(a) Have been provided with the system; and
(b) Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of the equipment
which would maximize this sum of rates.
'transit exchange'
(a) An exchange typically 4-wire, used as a switching point for traffic between
other exchanges in the national network (historically known as a 'trunk exchange');
(b) A 4-wire exchange serving outgoing, incoming or transit international calls; or
(c) An exchange which performs any combination of functions in (a) or (b) above
or those of a ' terminal exchange'.
'trunk circuit'
A circuit with associated equipments terminating in two exchanges.
'trunk exchange'
See 'transit exchange'.
'wide area network'
A data communication system which:
(a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to communicate
with each other;
(b) May include -local area networks'; and
(c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed facilities.
9. Not used.
10. Not used.
11. Not used.
12. Not used.
IL 1568 Equipment, as follows-
(a)All classes of devices, regardless of other characteristics, identified in sub-items
(b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (j) and (k) below, which are designed to operate below -
55'C or above + 125C;
(b)Synchros and resolvers (and specialinstruments ra d to have the same
characteristics as synchros and resolvers in (1) and (2) b, low such as Microsyns,
Synchro-Tels and Inductosyns), possessing any of the followi g characteristics:
(1)A rated electrical error of 7 minutes of rc or less or of 0.2 per cent or less of
maximum output voltage;
(2)A rated dynamic accuracy for receiver types of 1' or less, except that for units
of size 30 (76.2 rmn (3 inches) in diameter) or larger a rated dynamic accuracy
of less than 1;
(3) Multi-speed from single shaft types;
(4) Designed for gimbal mounting.
(c)Amplifiers electronic or magnetic, specially designed for use with resolvers, the
following:
(1) Isolation types having a variation of gain constant (linearity of gain) of
0.2 per cent or better;
(2) Summing types having variation of gain constant (linearity of gain) or an
accuracy of summatio of 0.2 per cent or better;
(3) Employing solid state Hall effect;
(d) Induction potentiometer (including function generators and linear synchros),
linear and non-linear, possessing any of the following characteristics:
(1) A rated conformity of 0.25 per cent or less, or of 13 minutes of arc or less;
(2) Employing solid state Hall effect;
(3) Designed for, gimbal mounting;
(e) Induction rate (tachometer) generators, synchronous and asynchronous, with a
housing diameter of 50.8 ram (2 inches) and smaller and a length (without
shaft-ends) of 101.6 mm (4 inches) and smaller or with a diameter-to-length ratio
greaterthan2:1, having one or more of the following characteristics:
(1) With a rated linearity of 0. 1 per cent or less;
(2) All tem c ature-compensated or temperature-corrected types;
(f) Servo-motors (gear-head of plain) as follows:
(1) Designed to operate from power sources of more than 300 Hz except those
designed to operate from power sources of over 300 Hz up to and not
exceeding 400 Hz with a temperature range from - 551C to + 125'C;
(2) Designed to have a torque-to-inertia ratio of 50 000 radians per second per
second or greater;
(3) Incorporating special features to secure internal damping;
(g) Precision potentiometers (and special instruments rated to have the same charac-
teristics as potentiometers in (1) and (2) below, such as Vernistats), as follows:
(1) Linear potentiometers having a constant resolution and a rated linearity of
etter than 0.05 per cent absolute;
(2) on-linear potentiometers having a variable resolution and a rated conIty of.
(i)1 per cent or less when the resolution is inferior to that obtained with a
linear potentiometer of the same type and of the same track length; or
(ii) 0.5 per cent or less when the resolution is better than or equal to that
obtained with a linear potentiometer of the same type and of the same
track length;
(3) Designed for gimbal mounting;
Technical Notes:
(1) For the purpose of this sub-item, a precision potentiomet means one having
a rated conforn-fity better than:
(a) 0.25 per cent for a linear potentiometer; or
(b) 1 per cent for a non-linear potentiometer;
(2) This sub-item is not intended to embargo potentiometers using only switched
elements.
(h) Direct current and alternating current torquers, i.e. torque motors specially
designed for gyros and stablized platforms;
(i) Electro-optical devices designed to monitor relative rotation or remote surfaces;
(j) Synchronous motors, as follows:
(1) Of size 20 (50.8 intn (2 inches) in diameter) and smaller and having syn-
chronous speeds in excess of 3 600 r.p.m.;
(2) Designed to operate from power source of more than 400 Hz;
(k) Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converters other than digital volt-
meters or counters (see Item IL 1529), as follows:
(1) Electrical input type analogue-to-digital converters having any of the
following characteristics;
(i) A conversion rate of more than 200 000 complete conversions per second
at rated accuracy;
(ii) An accuracy in excess of 1 part in more than 10 000 of full scale over
the specified opera rig temperature range;
(iii) A figure of merit of 1 x 101 or more (derived from the number of
complete conver ns per second divided by the accuracy);
(2)Electrical input t c digital-to-analogue converters having any of the following
characte sties:
(i) A maximum setting time' of less than 3 microseconds for voltage
output devices and ess than 250 nanoseconds for current output
devices;
(ii) An accuracy in excess of 1 part in more than 10 000 of full scale over
the specified operating temperature range;
(iii) A figure of merit greater than 2 x 101 for voltage output convertors or
1x10` for current output convertors (the figure of merit is defined as
the reciprocal of the product of the maximum 'settling time' in seconds
and t accuracy);
(3)Solid-state synchro-digital or digital-to-synchro converters and resolver-to-
digital o digital-to-resolver converters (including multi-pole resolvers)
having a resolution of better than + 1 part in 5 000 per full synchro revolution
for dual speed systems;
(4) Mechanical input types (including but not limited to shaft-position encoders
and linear displacement encoders, but excluding complex servo-follower
system), as follows:
(i)Rotary types having an accuracy of better than +_ 1 part in 40 000 of full
scale; or
(ii) Linear displacement types having a resolution of better than +5 micro-meters;
Technical Note:
'Settling time' in (k)(2)(i) above is defined as the time required for the output to come
within one-half bit of the final value when switching between any two levels
of the converters.
(1) Semiconductor Hall field probes, as follows:
(1) Made of indium-arsenide-phosphide (InAsP);
(2)Coated with ceramic or ferritic materials (e.g. special field probes such as
tangential field probes, multipliers, modulators, recorder probes, etc.);
(3) With an open circuit sensitivity greater than
0. 12 vIts
amperes x kilogauss
Technical Notes..
Open circuit sensitivity
The slope of straight line that passes through the point of origin and through the
Point U20. i I at B = B in the characteristic is defined as the open circuit sensitivity
(where u20 = Hall voltage, open circuit;
il Control current;
B, Rated value of applied magnetic control field.
(m)Specially designed components and test equipment (including adaptors, couplers,
etc.) for the above.
IL 1570 Thermoelectric materials and devices, as follows
(a)Thermoelectric materials with a maximum product of the figure of merit (Z) and
the temperature (T in degrees K) in excess of 0.75;
(b) Junctions and combinations of junctions using any of the materials in (a) above;
(c)Heat absorbing or electrical power generating devices containing any of the
junctions in (b) above, and specially designed components therefor;
(d) Other power generating devices and specially designed components therefor, which
generate in excess of 22 W per kg (10W per pound) or of 17.70 kW per cubic
metre (500 W per cubic foot) of the device's basic thermoelectric components;
Technical Note..
The figure of merit (Z) equals Seeback coeflicient square divided by the product of
electrical resistivity and thermal conductivity.
Notes..
1 . See also Item IL 1205(c).
2.The weight and cubic measurements in sub-item (d) above are not intended to
encompass the complete device but to include only the thermoelectric elements and
assembly and the components for pumping calories. Other components, such as
heating and cooling sources or containers, device frames or stands and control
equipment are not to be included in the calculations.
IL 1571 Magnetometers, rna ;netometer s stems and related equipment, as follows, and
specially designed components therefor
(a) Magnetometers and magnetometer systems having or capable of having a
sensitivity better than + 1.0 gamma (ñ 10-5 oersteds), except magnetometers
having sensitivities not better than + 0. 1 gamma (ñ 10 - 6 oersteds) where the
reading rate capability is no faster than once per half-second;
(b) Magnetometer test facilities able to control magnetic field values to an accuracy
of l.Ogamma(I0-5 ersteds)orless;
(c) Magnetic compensation systems utilizing 'digital computers', non-magnetic
platforms and calibration systems;
(For optical fibres see tern IL 1526(c) and (d)).
Technical Notes:
(1) Sensitivity i sually recognized minimum sinusoidal signal in the
frequency range of 0.025 Hz to 1.5 Hz when signal-to-noisc ratio is higher than 1.
(2) The term 'specially designed components therefor' is intended to include non-
magnetic pumping lamps and heating coils, cryogenic magnetic componentry,
enhanced resonane gases, and any form of dynamic signal-processing gradient
compensation provided as part of, or designed for use with, magnetometer,
embargoed by this Item. Enhanced resonance gases are gases of isotopes of cesium,
rubidium and other metals which exhibit very sharp bands of response to pumping
frequencies in optically pumped magnetorneters.
(3)Magnetometer systems use magnetic sensors, including those designed to operate
at cryogenic temperatures, compensation systems, displays, recorders and
associated electronics for signal processing, target parameter detection, gradient
compensation and dynamic range control.
IL 1572 Recording or reproducing equipment, 'recording media' and technology, as follows,
and specially designed components, accessories and 'software' therefor:
Note:
For equipment which may be used in conjunction with electronic computers, see
Item IL 1565.
(a) Recording of reproducing equipment using magnetic techniques except:
(i) When specially design
(1) Audio programmes on tape or disk;
(2) Analogue recording or reproducing of video programmes on tape or disk;
or
Note: This clause does not apply to:
(a)Magnetic heads mounted on servo-mechanisms which include
piezoelectric transducers and have a gap width less than 0.75
micrometre (29.5 microinches); or
N.B.
Gap width is the dimension of the gap parallel to the relative
movement between tape and head.
(b)Cylindrical structures used to record or reproduce video signals in a
helical scan system recorder or reproducer;
(3)Digital reproducing (i.e. play-back only) of video programmes from tape
or disk;
When specially designed to use magnetic card, tag, label or bank cheque
'recording media' with a magnetic surface area not exceeding 85 cm' (13 sq.
in.);
(iii) Analogue magnetic tape recorders having all of the following characteristics:
(a) Bandwidth at maximum speed not exceeding 300 kHz per track;
(b) 'Recording density' not exceeding 2 000 magnetic flux sine waves per
linear cm (5 080 magnetic flux sine waves per linear inch) per track;
(c) Not including r cording or reproducing heads designed for use in
equipment with characteristics superior to those defined in (a) or (b)
above;
(d) Tape speed exceeding 155 cm/s (61 inches per second);
(e) Number or ording tracks (excluding audio voice track) not exceeding 28;
(f) Start-stop me not less than 25 ms;
(g) Equipped with tape-derived (off-tape) servo speed control and with a time
displacement (base) error, measured in accordance with applicable IRIG or
EIA documents, of no less than + 5 microsecond;
(h) Using only direct or FM recording;
(i) Not ruggedized for military use;
(j) Not rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures from below
233K to above 328K (from below -40'C to above +55C); and
(k) Not specially designed for underwater use;
N.B.
Analogue instrumentation recording equipment permitting the
recording of digital signals (e.g. using a high density digital recording
(HDDR) module) and having all the characteristics in sub-item (a)(iii)
above are not embargoed by this Item.
(iv)Digital recording or reproducing equipment having all of the following
characteristics:
(a)Cassettelcartridge tape drives or magnetic tape drives which do not
exceed:
(1) A 'maximum bit packing density' of 131 bit per mm (3 300 bit per
inch) per track; or
(2) A 'maximum bit transfer rate' of 2.66 million bit per second;
(b) Not ruggedized for military use;
(c) Not specially designed for underwater use; and
(d) Not rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures from below
233K to above 328K (from below -40`C to above +55'C);
(b) Recording or reproducing equipment using laser beams, which produce patterns or
images directly on the recording surface or reproduce from such surfaces, except
(i) When specially designed for the productIon of audio and video disk masters
for the replication of entertainment or education-type disks;
(ii) Facsimile equipment such as used for commercial weather imagery and
commercial wire photos and text;
(iii) Consumer-type reproducers for audio or vide disks employing non-erasable
media; or
(iv) When specially designed for gravure (printing plate) manufacturing;
(e) Graphics instruments capable of continuous irect recording of sine waves at
frequencies exceeding 20 kHz;
(d) 'Recording media' used in equipment ernba oed by (a) or (b) above, except:
(i) Magnetic tape having all of the foll ng characteristics:
(a) Specially designed for television recording and reproduction or for
instrumentation;
(b) Being a standard commercial roduct;
(e) Not designed for use in satellite applications;
(d) Been in use in quantity for at least two years;
(e) A tape width not exceedin 25.4 mm (1 inch);
(f) A magnetic coating thickness not less than:
(1) 2.0 micrometres (0.079 mil) if the tape length does not exceed 1450m
(4 760 feet); or
(2) 5.0 micrometres (0.1975 mil) if the tape length does not exceed,
6 000 m (19 710
(g) A magnetic coating material consisting of doped or undoped gamma-
ferric oxide , or chromium dioxide;
(h) A base material consisting only of polyester;
(i) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 64 kA/m (804 oersted); and
(j) A retentivity not exceeding 0. 16 T (1600 gauss);
(ii) Magnetic tape having all of the following characteristics:
(a) Specially desig d for television recording and reproduction or for
instrumentation;
(b) Being a standard commercial product;
(c) Not designed for use in satellite applications;
(d) Been in use quantity for at least two years;
(e) A tape width not exceeding 50.8 mm (2 inches);
(f) A magnetic coating material consisting of doped or undoped gamma-
ferric oxide or chromium dioxide;
(g) A rated in intrinsic coereivity not exceeding 64 kAlm (804 oersted); and
(h) A tape length not exceeding 1096 m (3 600 feet);
(iii) Video or audio magnetic tape in cassette having all of the following
characteristics:
(a) Specially designed for television or audio recording a d reproduction;
(b) Being a standard commercial product;
(c) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 120 kA/m (15 oersted);
(d) A retentivity not exceeding 0.30 T (3 000 gauss);
(e) A tape length not exceeding 550 m (1805 feet); and
(f) A magnetic coating thickness not less than 2.0 mic ometres (0.079 mil);
(iv)Computer magnetic tape having all of the following aracteristics:
(a) Designed for digital recording and reproducti ;
(b) A magnetic coating certified for a maxim 'packing density' of 2 460
bit per em (6 250 bit per ichanges per em (9 042 flux
changes per inch) along the length of the tape;
(c) A magnetic coating thickness not less than 3.6 micrometres (0. 142 mil);
(d) A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch);
(e) A tape length not exceeding 1 100 m (3 609 feet);
(f) Been in civil use for at least two years; and
(g) The base material consist,' only of polyester;
(v)Computer flexible disk cartridges h ving both of the following characteristics:
(a) Designed for digital recording and reproduction; and
(b) Not exceeding a 'gross capacity' of 17 million bit;
(vi)Rigid magnetic disk 'recording media' having all of the following charac-
teristics:
(a) Being a standard commercial product;
(b) Non servo-written;
(c) A 'packing density' not exceeding 866 bit per em (2 200 bit per inch);
(d) Not exceeding 80 tracks per cm (200 tracks per inch); and
(e) Conforming to any of the following specifications:
(1)Unrecord single disk cartridges (front loading (2315-type)) designed
o meet ANSI X3.52-1976;
(2)Unreco ed single disk cartridges (top loading (5440-type)) designed
to mee International Standard ISO 3562-1976;
(3)Unre rded six-disk packs (2311 type) designed to meet ANSI X3.4 -
1974 or International Standard ISO 2864-1974(E); or
(4)Un corded eleven-disk packs (2316 type) designed to meet ANSI X3
8-1977 or International Standard ISO 3564-1976;
(e) Technology for he development, production or use of recording or reproducing
equipment des ibed in this Item, except:
(i) Technol y which is unique to equipment released under sub-iterns (a)(i)(1),
(a)(i)(2) r (a)(ii), (b) or (c) above;
Note:
Thi clause does not apply to technology for the design or production of
recorded alignment tapes used in the production of recording or reproducing
equipment.
(ii) The ininimum technology necessary for the use of equipment which may be
exported under the provisions of this Item.
Technology for continuous coating of magnetic tape described in this Item as
follows:
(1) Technology for the formulation of coating material;
(2) Technology for the application of coating material to the backing;
(g) Technology for the manufacture of flexible disk recording media described in this
Item as follows:
(1) Technology for the formulation of coating material;
(2) Technology for the application of coating material to the flexible backing;
(h)Technology for the development or production of rigid disk 'recording media'
described in this Item.
Notes:
1. Not used.
2. Not used.
3. Not used.
4. Not used.
5. Not used.
6. Not used.
7. Not used.
8. Definition of term used in this Item:
'Recording media'
All types and forms of specialized media used in recording techniques, including
but not limited to tapes, drums, disks and matrices.
'Recording density' for direct recorders The recording
bandwidth divided by the tape speed.
'Recording density' for FM repders-
The sum of the carrier frequency and the deviation divided by the tape speed.
'Packing density' for digital recorders-
The number of bits per second per track divided by the tape speed.
N.B.
For the definition of the terms related to 'digital computers' or 'software', see
Items IL 1565 or 1566.
IL 1573 Superconductive electromagnets and solenoids, as follows-
(a) Those which a non-uniform distribution of current-carrying windings,
measured along the axis of symmetry when specially designed for gyrotron
application, except those rated for both:
(1) Magnetic induction of less than 1 tesla; and
(2) 'Overall current density' in the windings of less than 10 000 A/cm';
(b)Those which are specially designed to be fully charged or discharged in less than
one minute, provide that:
(1) The maximum energy delivered during discharege divided by teh duration of
the discharges is more than 500kJ per minute;
(2) The inner dimeter of the current-carrying windings is more than 6 cm; and
(3) They are rated for magnetic induction of more than 8 tesla or 'overall current
density' in the windings of more than 10 000A/cm2.
Technical Note:
'Overall current density' is defined as the total number of ampereturns in the coil
(i. e. the sum of the number of turns multiplied by the maximum current carried by each
turn) divided by the total cross-section of the coil (comprising the superconducting
filaments, the metallic matrix in which are superconducting filaments are embedded,
the encapsulating material, any cooling channels, etc.)
IL 1574 Electronic devices, circuits and systems specially designed for or capable of operation
at temperatures below 103K (- 170'C, - 274 o F), and containing components
manufactured from superconducting materials which perform functions such as
electromagnetic sensing and amplification, current switching, frequency selection or
electromagnetic energy storage at resonant frequencies above 1 MHz. These include
the following--
(a)Josephson-effect devices;
(b)'Dayem bridges';
(e)Weak-link devices;
(d)'Proxiiiiity-effect devices';
(e)Phase slip devices;
(j)SNS (super-norinal-super) bridges;
(g)SIS (superconductor-insulator-superconductor) devices'
(h)Quasipartiele devices or detectors.
Technical Notes:
1 .By 'Dayem bridges' are meant superconducting thin film devices with a reduce
section area which acts as a conductive weak link. This weak link has a much lower
critical current than the areas it joins. Dayem bridge can act as superconducting
switches and may be employed in superconducting quantum interference devices
(squids).
2.By 'proximity-effect devices' are mean, superconducting cting weak link devices whose low
critical current is due to an overlay of normal metal rather than a small area. These
devices can be used for the same purpose as Dayem bridges.
IL 1584 Cathode-ray oscilloscopes and specially desiged components therefor, including
associated plug-in units, external amplifiers, preamplifiers and sampling devices, having
any of the following characteristics-
(a)An amplifier or system bandwidth greater than 250 MHz (defined as the band of
frequencies over which the deflection the cathode-ray tube does not fall below
70.7 per cent of that at maximum point measured with a constant input voltage to
the amplifier);
(b)A horizontal sweep speed faster than 1 nanosecond per cin with an accuracy
(linearity) better than 2 per cent;
(c) Containing or designed for use with cathode-ray tubes covered by Item IL
1541(c);
(d) Ruggedized to meet a military specification;
(e)Rated for operation over an ambient temperature range of from below -25'C to above +
55'C;
Using sampling techniques for the analysis of recurring phenomena which increase
the effective bandwidth of an oscilloscope or time-domain reflectometer to a
frequency greater than 4 GHz;
(g)Digital oscilloscopes with sequential sampling of the input signal at an interval of
less than 50 nanoseconds.
Explanatory Notes.
1.Nothing in the above shall be construed as sanctioning the export of technology,
except technology maintenance, repair and operation of oscilloscopes excluded
from embargo under sub-item (a) above, which:
(a) Use cathode-ray tubes embargoed by Item IL 154 1 (b); or
(b) Exceed an amplifier bandwidth of 200 MHz.
2.In th case of systems, the characteristics of individual plugins, probes or mainf~lames ist not
be in excess of what is required for overall system bandwidth.
IL 1585 Photographic equipment as follows
(a) High speed cinema recording cameras and equipment as follows:
(1) Cameras in which the film is continuously advanced throughout the recording
pe od, and which are capable of recording at framing rates exceeding 13 150
frames per second, using any camera and film combination from the standard
8 mm to the 90 mm size inclusive;
(2)Special optical or electronic devices which supplement, replace or are
interchangeable with standard camera components for the purpose of
increasing the number of frames per second;
1
(b)High speed cameras in which the film does not move, and which are capable of
recording at rates exceeding 1000 OM frames per second for the full framing
height of standard 35 nun wide photographic film, or at proportionately higher
rates for lesser frame heights, or at proportionately lower rates for greater frame
heights;
(c) Cameras incorporating electron tubes covered by Item IL 1555(a);
(d) Streak cameras having writing speeds of 10 mmimicrosecond and above;
(e)Camera shutters with speeds of 50 nanoseconds or less per operation, and
specialized parts and accessories therefor;
(f) Film, as follows:
(1) Having an intensity dynamic range of 1000 000: 1 or more;
(2) Having a speed of ASA 10 000 (or its equivalent) or better; or
(3)Colour film having a spectral sensitivity extending beyond 7 200 Angstroms
or below 2 000 Angstroms;
(g) High speed plates having an intensity dynamic range of 1000 000: 1 or more-
IL 1586 Acoustic wave devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor-
(a)Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave devices
(i.e. signal-processing devices employing elastic waves in materials, including but
not limited to litium miobate, lithium tantalate, bismuth germanium oxide, silicon.
quartz, zinc oxide, aluminum oxide (sapphire), gallium arsenide and alpha
alpha-aluminium phosphate (beIinite)), which permit direct
processing of signals, including but not limited to convolvers, correlators (fixed,
programmable and memory), oscillators, bandpass filters, delay tines (fixed and
tapped) and non-linear devices having any of the following characteristics:
(1) A carrier frequency of cater than 400 MHz;
(2) A carric frequency of 400 MHz or less, except those specially designed for
home electronics an entertainment type applications, having any of the
following characteristics:
(i) A side-lobe rejection of greater than 45 dB;
(ii) A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in
microseconds nd bandwidth in MHz) greater than 100;
(iii) A dispersive delay of greater than 10 microseconds;
(iv) An insertion loss of less than 10 dB;
(b)Bulk (volume) acousic wave devices (i.e. signal processing devices employing
elastic waves in the various materials described in (a) above) which permit direct
processing of signals at frequencies over 1 GHz, including but not limited to, fixed
delay lines, non-line and pulse compression devices;
(c) Acousto-optic signal Drocessing devices employing an interaction between
acoustic waves (bulk wave or surface wave) and light waves which permit the direct
processing of signals or images, including but not limited to spectral analysis,
correlation and convolution
Technical Note:
This sub-item embargoes devices made from acousto-optic materials, including but
not limited to lithium niobate, bismuth germanium oxide, bismuth silicon oxide,
gallium arsenide, gallium phosphide, telluirum oxide and lead molybdenate.
IL 1587 Quartz cystals and assemblies thereof i any stage of fabrication (i.e. worked,
semi-finished or mounted), as follows
(a) For use as fileter elements, and having either of the following characteristics:
(1) Designed for operation over a temperature range wider than 125 C:
(2)Crystals semblies of crystals which use the trapped energy phenomenon and
which have more than three series or parallel resonances on a single quartz
element;
(b)For use as oscillator elements specially designed for temperature-controlled
crystal ovens or for TCXO's covered by (c) below, and having an average ageing
rate of + 1 X 10-, per day or better (less);
Note:
Ageing rate shall be measured over a longer period at a constant temperature of +
601C or higher + 2C.
(c)Temperature-compensated crystal oscillators (TCXO) having any of the following
characteristics:
(1) A stability with respect to temperature of better than 0. 00015 per cent
over their operating temperature range;
(2) An operating temperature range wider than 120 C
(3) Capable of reaching to within 1 x 10-7 of normal operating frequency or
better in 3 minutes or less from switch-on at an ambient temperature of 25C;
(4)Rated to have an acceleration sensitivts of less than 1 x 10'of the operating
frequency per g (where g = 981 cm/se2) over a vibration test frequency range
from 10 to 2000 Hzsine wave and with a maximum level of acceleration not
exceeding 20 g;
(5)Designed to withstand a shock greater than 10 000 g (where g = 981 cm/seel)
over a period of 1 millisecond; /
Radiation hardened to better than 10-19 of the operating frequency per gray
Notes.. (1 rad = 10` gray).
1 .This item does not embargo quartz crystals for use as filter elements which have
either of the following characteristics:
(a) Designed for operation as single side-band filters operating from
10.5 to 11 MHz or from 21 to 22 MHz with 3dB bandwidths not exceeding
40 kHz; or
(b) Designed for operation as single side-band filters operating at from 1 to
10 MHz with 3 dB bandwidths not exceeding 4 kHz,
2.This item only covers quartz crystals having piezo-electric qualities. It is
understood that this definition does not cover optical grade quartz crystals.
3.Nothing in the Notes above shall be construed as sanctioning the export of
technology for quartz crystal elements or assemblies thereof.
IL 1588 Materials composed of crystals having spinel, hexagonal, orthorhombic, or garnet
crystal structures; thin film devices; assemblies of the foregoing; and devices containing
thern, as follows (for equipment which may be exported in conjunction with computer
shipments, see Item IL1565)--
(a) Monocrystals of ferrites and garnets, synthetic only;
(b) Single aperture forms possessing either of the following characteristics:
(1) Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or faster at the minimum field strength
required for switching at 40'C (104'F);
(2) A maximum dimension less than 18 mils (0.45 min);
Note
For machinery and equipment associated with forms having a maximum
dimension less than 30 mils (0.76 mm), see Item IL 1358.
(c) Multi -aperture forms with fewer than 10 apertures possessing either of the
folloIng characteristics:
(1) Switching rate of 1 microsecond or faster at the minimum field strength
required for switching at 40'C (104'F);
(2) maximum dimension less than 100 mils (2.54 mm);
(d)Multi-aperture forms having 10 or more apertures;
(e)Memory storage or switching devices, as follows:
(1) Thin film (including plated wire and plated rods);
(2) Single crystal or amorphous film magnetic bubble;
(3) Moving domain; or
(4) Crosstie;
(f)Magnetic ferrite materials having square loop characteristics, suitable for
operations above 1 GHz and having all of the following characteristics:
(1) (i) A saturation magnetization of greater/0an 0.2 tesla (2 000 gauss) for
lithium-based ferrites;
(ii) A saturation magnetization of greater/than 0.3 tesia (3 000 gauss) for
other than lithium-bas
(2) A dielectric loss tangent of less than than 0.001 measured at a frequency of 1 GHz
or greater;
(3) A ratio of the remanent magnetization (B1) to the saturation magnetization
(4 .) equal to or greater than 0.7;
(g) Rod forms possessing any of the following characteristics:
(1) Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or faster at the minimum field strength
required for switching at 40'C (104 F);
(2) A minimum dimension less than 10 mils (0.254 mm).
IL 1595 Gravity meters (gravimeters), gravity gra ometers and specially designed components
therefor, except gravity meters for land use having static accuracies of 100 microgal or
less accurate and land gravity meters of the Worden type.
Explanatory Note:
Nothing in this item shall permit the export of technology or technical data associated
with the design, manufacture or upgrading of equipment excluded from embargo by this
definition, when such technology or technical data is also relevant to equipment
embargoed by this definition.
GROUP H
METALS, MINERALS AND THEIR MANUFACTURES
(1) RAW MATERIALS
Where raw materials are covered by a definition the intent is to cover all materials
from which the metal can be usefully extracted, i.e. ores, concentrates, matte,
regulus, residues and dross (ashes).
(2) METALS AND ALLOYS
Unless provisions to the contrary is made in particular items of the definition, the
words 'metals' and 'alloys' are intended to cover all crude and semi-fabricated
forms as mentioned in the llowing list.
Crude Forms:
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms,
brickets, cake, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps,
pellets, pigs, powder, ron lles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks.
Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched):
(i) Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging,
impact extruding, pressing, graining, atomising, and grinding, i.e.: angles,
channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate, powder,
pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wire
rods and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (includinj
tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded wire;
(ii) Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types
of moulds, including high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by
powder metallurgy.
IL 1601 Inert gas and vacuum atomizing technology to achieve sphericity and uniform size of
particles in metal powders regardless of the type of metal and the embargo status of
the powder.
IL 1602 Pyrolitic deposition technology and specially designed components therefor, as follows-
(a)Technology for producing pyrolitically derived materials formed on a mould,
mandrel or other substrate from precursor gases which decompose in the 1 573K
(1 300'C) to 3 173K (2 900'C) temperature range at pressures of 133.3 Pa to
19.995 kPa (including the composition of precursor gases flow rates, and process
control schedules and parameters);
(b) Specially designed nozzles for the above processers.
IL 1603 Seamless tube and pipe which have an outside diamet of 60 mm (2.36 inches) or
greater, and seamless fittings therefor, which are made nickel-base superalloys which
contain the following major alloying elements: 19.0 weights per cent or more
chromium, 7.4 per cent or more molybdenum, a maximum Of per cent iron, and 3.0 per cent
or more niobium (columbium) or niobium and tan alum combined.
IL 1631 Magnetic metals of all types and of whatever rm possessing one or more of the
following characteristics-
(a) Initial permeability: 0. 15 henry/m (120 000 gauss/oersteds) or more calculated at
induction 0 and magnetic field strength 0 or the equivalent;
Note:
Measurement of initial permeability must be carried out on materials which:
(a) Have a thickness between 0.076 mm (3 mil) and 2.54ram (100 mil); and
(b) Are fully annealed.
(b) Remanence: 98.5 per cent or over maximum magnetic flux for materials having
magnetic permeability;
(c) Capable of an energy product of 200 000 J/m3 (25 x 106 gauss/ oersteds) or more;
(d) Grain-oriented iron alloy, sheets or strips of a thickness of 0.1 ram (0.004 inch)
or less;
(e) Magnetostrictive alloys as follows;
(1) Saturation magnetostriction more than 5 x 10-4; or
(2) Magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) more than 0.8.
(f) Amorphous alloy strips having both of the following characteristics:
(1) Composition havin a minimum 75 weight per cent of one or more of the
elements iron, cobait and nicel; and
(2) Saturation magnetic induction (B,) of 1.6 tesla or more, and either:
(i) Strip thickness of 0.020 mm (0.0008 inch) or less; or
(ii)Electrical r sistivity of 2 x 10 ` ohm -cm or more.
IL 1635 Iron and steels alloyed follows-
(a)Containing 10 percent or more molybdenum (but more than 5 per cent
molybdenum in any alloys, containing more than 14 per cent chromium); except
products obtained by eas g and having a carbon content of more than 1.5 per
cent;
following aJoy elements in the amounts listed:
(1) 4.5 to 5.95 per cent nickel by weight;
(2) 0.3 to 10 per cent chromium;
(3) 0.2 to 0.75 per cent molybdenum;
(4) 0.04 to 0.15 per cent vanadium;
(5) Less than 0.19 per cent carbon;
(See also Item IL 1672.)
IL 1648 Cobalt-based alloys (i.e. containing a higher percentage by weight of cobalt than of
any other element), as follows-
(a) Containing 5 per cent or more of tantalum;
(b) Dispersion strengthened containing more than 1 per cent of oxides of thorium,
aluminium, yttrium, zirconium or cerium; or
(c) Containing 0.05 per cent or more of scandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium,
lanthanum, neodymium, or praseodymium.
(See also Item IL 1672.)
IL 1649 Niobium (columbium), as follows-
(a) Niobium-based alloys containing 60 per cent or more niobium or niobium-
tantalum in combination;
(b) Scrap forms of the alloys covered by sub-item (a) above.
(See also Items IL 1675 and 1760)
Note:
This Item does not embargo industrial grades oniobium of ferroniobium-
tantalum which contains at least 25% by weight of iron or other metalloid elements
common thereto.
IL 1658 Molybdenum alloys containing 97.5 per cent or more molybdenum, except wire.
IL 1661 Nickel-based alloys (i.e. containing, a h her pe entage by weight of nickel than of
any other element), as follows-
(a) With a combined content of aluminium and titanium greater than 11 per cent;
(b) Dispersion strengthened containing more than 1 per cent of oxides of thorium,
aluminium, yttrium, zirconium, leri , or lanthanum; or
(c) Containing 0.05 per cent or more scandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium,
lanthanum, neodymium, or praseodymium.
(See also Item 1649 and 1670.)
IL 1670 Tantalum and tantalum alloys, as follows-
(a)Tantalum powder containing less than 200 p.p.m. of total metallic impurities,
and sintered anodes made therefrom;
(b)Tantalum-based alloys containing 60 per cent or more of tantalum, and scrap
forms thereof.
This Item does not embargo industrial grades of ferrotantalum or ferrotantalum-
niobium which contains a least 25 per cent by weight of iron or other metalloid
elements common theret .
(See also Items 1649 an 1760.)
IL 1671 Titanium-based alloys in crude and semi-fabricated form, or as scrap, having a nominal
composition of 6 per cent alurninium, 2 per cent tin, 4 per cent zirconium, 6 per cent
molybdenum, and the balance titanium.
(See also Item IL 1672.)
IL 1672 Aluminides of titanium hich contain 12 weight per cent or more aluminium, and
aluminides of nickel, cobalt and iron which contain 10 weight per cent or more
aluminium, in crude or semi-fabricated forms, and scrap thereof.
(See also Item IL 1635, 1648, 1661 and 1671.)
IL 1674 Vanadium of 99.7 per cent or higher purity (including scrap) and alloys which contain
vanadium of 99.7 per cent or higher purity as an alloying agent (including scrap).
IL 1675 Superconductive materials of all types and processed conductors containing at least one
superconducting constituent, which are designed for operation at temperatures below
103K (- 1700C, -274oF), except processed conductors which possess all of the
following characteristics-
(a) The superconducting constituent, when evaluated in sample length of less than one
metre, does not remain in the super-conducting state when exposed to magnetic
induction in excess of 12 tesla at a temperature of 4.2K (- 268'C, - 451.8'F);
(b) The superconducting constituent or filament has a cross-section area greater than
3.14 X 10-4 mm (20-micrornetre diameter for circular filaments);
(c) The superconducting filament(s) are embedded in a copper or copper-based
mixture matrix; and
(d) is either non-coated or insulated with varnish, glass fibre,
polyamide;
Technical Note:
Superconductive materials are metals, alloys and compounds which lose electrical
resistance near absolute zero of temperature, i.e. they have infinite electrical
conductivity and can carry very large electrical currents without Joule heating. The
superconducting state for each material is individually characterized by a critical
temperature, a critical magnetic field (which is a function of temperature) and a
critical current density (which is a function of both magnetic field and temperature).
Materials remain in the superconducting state provided temperature, magnetic field
and current density are all less than the critical values.
GROUP 1
CHEMICALS, METALLOIDS AND PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
IL 1702 Hydraulic fluids which contain as the principal ingredient(s), petroleum (mineral)
oils,
synthetic hydrocarbon oils, non-fluorinated silicones or fluorocarbons, and which have
all of the following characteristics-
(1) A flash point of greater than 477K (2040C, 400'F);
(2) A pour point of 239K (- 34'C, - 300F) or lower;
(3) A viscosity index of 75 or greater; and
(4) Thermally stable at 616K (3430C, 650F).
Technical Notes:
1 .For the purpose of this Item, 'flash point' is determined using the 'Cleveland Open
Cup Method' as shown in ASTM D-92 or national equivalents.
The following is the test procedure for determining thermal stability:
Twenty cc of the fluid under teit shall be placed in a 46 cc type 317 stainless
steel chamber containing one each 5 inch (nominal) diameter balls of M-10 tool
steel, 52100 steel and naval bronze (60 per cent Cu, 39 per cent Zn, 0.75 per
cent Sn). The chamber shall be purged ith nitrogen, sealed at atmospheric
pressure and the temperature raised to 644 ~6'IK (371 + 6'C, 700 + 10'F) and
maintained at this temperature for six hours. 1
The specimenwill be con'So~ered thermally stable if at the completion of the
above procedure all of the follo ing conditions are met:
(1) The loss in weight of each ball is less than 0.1 mg/sq.cm of ball surfact
(0.65 mg/sq.inch);
(2) The change in original viscosity as determined at 380C is less than 25 per cent
when measured in the centissokes system of units; 1 viscosity as determined at 38'C is less than 25 per
(3) The total acid or base number is less than, 40.
IL 1715 Boron, as follows-
(a) Boron element (metal) in all forms;
(b) Boron compounds, mixturee, and composites comtainting 5 per cent or more of
boron (except pharmaecutical specialities packaged for retail sale), as follows:
(1)Non-ceramic boron-nitrogen compounds (e.g. borazanes, borazines and
boropyrazoyls);
(2)Boron hydrdes (e.g. boranes), except sodium boron hydride, potassium boron
hydride, monoborane, diborane and triborane;
(3)Organoborn compounds, including metaflo-organoboron compounds;
IL 1733Base materials, non-composite ceramic materials; ceramic-ceran-lic composite
materials
and percursor materials for the manufacture of high temperature fine technical
ceramic
products, as follows-
(a) Base materials, i.e. 'high purity' fine powders with uniform particle-size dis-
tribution', as follows:
Single or complex non-composite oxides, borides, carbides or nitrides of silicon,
aluminium, boron, zirconium or tantalum, except:
(i) Single oxides of silicon, boron, aluminium or tantalum;
(ii) Single or complex borides of silicon. and
(iii) Single or complex borides or carbides I al
Technical Notes:
1 .For the purpose of this item, 'high punity' is defined as a total metallic
impurity, excluding intentional or desired additions, of less than
(a) 1000 ppm for single oxides or single carbides;
(b) 5 000 ppin for complex compounds, single borides or single nitrides.
2. 'Fine powders with uniform particle size distribution' are defined as powders
with at least 90 per cent of th particles being less than or equal to
10 micrometres, and the avera particle size being less than or equal to
5 micrometres.
(For zirconia, these limits will be micrometres and 1 micrometre
respectively.)
Notes: ;
1.For compounds of thorium hafnium, see also Items A.2 and A.8 on the
Atomic Energy List.
2.For compounds of zirconium, see also Item A.4 on the Atomic Energy List.
3.For compounds of tantalup, see also Item IL 1760.
(b) Non-composite ceramic materials, in crude or serni-fabricated form, having
compositions of the base materials embargoed by sub-itern (a) above;
(c) Granular or fibrous cera ic-ceramic composite materials, containing finely
dispersed particles or phase or any non-metallic fibrous or whisker-like
materials, whether externally introd ced or grown in situ during processing,
where the following materials form the host matrix:
(1) All oxides, including glasses;
(2) Carbides or nitrides of silicon or boron;
(3) Borides, carbides or nitrides of zirconium hafnium or tantalum;
(4) Carbon; or
(5) Any combination of the materials enumerated in (1) to (4) above;
(d) Percursor materials, ie special-purpose polymeric or metallo-organic materials
for
producing any phas or phases of the materials covered by sub-items (b) or (e)
above, as follows'
(1) Polycarbosilanes and polydiorganosilanes (for producing silicon carbide);
(2) Polysilazanes or (for producing silicon nitride) producing silicon nitride); or
(3) Polycarbosilazanes (for producing ceramics with silicon, carbon and nitrogen
components)
IL 1734 Low density rigid, carbon-bonded, fibrous or non-fibrous carbon thermal insulating
materials having all of the following characteristics-
(a) a capability of operating at temperatures greater than 2 273K (2 OWC);
(b) A density great than 100 kg/ml and less than 300 kg/m';
(c) A compressive rength greater than 0. 1 MPa and less than 1.0 MPa;
(d) A flexural strength greater than 1.0 MPa; and
(e) A c:rb.n con ent of greater than 99.9% of total solids.
IL 1746 Polymeric substa ces, as follows, and manufactures thereof
(a) Polyimides ( ncluding maleirrtides);
Note:
This sub-item is not intended to cover fully cured polyimide or polymide-based
sheet, tape or ribbon having a maximum thickness of 10 mils (0.010 inch or
0.254 mm) whether or not coated or laminated with heat or presure-sensitive
substances of an adhesive nature, which contain no fibrous reinforcing
nd which have not been coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals or
magnetic substances.
(b) Polybenzimidazoles;
(c) Aromatic polyamides, except:
(1)Filament yarns, staple fibres, chopped Wes, spun yarns or threads, having
both of the following characteristics..
(i) A 'fibre modulus' of 22.075 N per tex or less;
and (ii) 'Tenacity' of 0.970 N per tex less;
(2)Pulp made from materials described under (c)(1) above;
Note:
This sub-item also covers heteroc ic aromatic polyaraides characterized as
aromatic due to the presence of a benzene ring. (d)
Polybenzothiazoles; (e) Polyoxadiazoles (f)
Polyphosphazenes (Polyphosphonitriles); (g)
Polystyrylpyridine (PSP); (h) Thermoplastic liquid
crystal copolyesters, as follows:
(1)Ethylene copolyesters of terephthalic acid and parahydroxybenzoic acid,
except manufactures thereof, having both of the following characteristics:
(i) A tensile modulus of less than 15 GPa; and (ii) Specially designed for
non-aerospace, non-electronic civil applications;
(2)Phenylene or biphenylene copolyesters of terephthalic acid and parahydroxy-
benzoic acid.
(i) Polybenzoxozoles;
(j) Aromatic polyetber ether ketones (PEEK);
(k) Polymeric products of butadiene, as follows:
(1)Carboxyl terminated polybutadiene; hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene; thiol
terminated polybutadicne; and cyclised 1,2-polybutadiene;
(2) Mouldable copolymers of butadiene and acrylic acid;
(3) Mouldable terpolymers of butadiene, acrylonitrilc and acrylic acid or any of
the homologues of acrylic acid;
(1) Carboxyl tortninated polyisoprene.
(See also ]hem IL 1564).
Note:
This item does not embargo manufactured articles where the value of the polymeric
component thgether with materials embargoed by other items is less than 50 per cent
of the total vaM of the materials used.
Technical Note:
The charaoteristics referred to in sub-item (c) are defined as follows, in accordance
with ASTM Standard D2 101-72
(a)'Tenacity': tensile stress when expressed as force per unit linear density of the
unsfrained specimen, i.e. Newton per tex.
(b)'Fibre Modulus' (secent modulus): ratio of change in stress to change in strain
between two points on a stress-strain curve, particularly the points of zero stress
and breaking stress, and is expressed in Newton per tex.
N.B.
'Tex' is the number of grams in 1000 metres of material.
1749 Polycarbonate sheet of 1.5 ram. (0.060 inch) to 25.4 mm, (1 inch) thinkness, having
no
'major defects' and having all of the following optical characteristics-
(a) Less than 2 per cent haze as deterntined by method ASTM D1003;
(b) An angular deviation, as determined by method ASTM D63 11, as follows:
(1) Not more than 12 minutes at any location more than 25.4 rum (1 inch) from
the edge of the sheet for sheet thickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to 9.5 mm.
(0.375 inch); or
(2)Not more than 20 minutes at any location more than 25.4 mm (1 inch)
from the edge of the sheet for sheet thickness over 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) to
25.4 mm (1 inch);
(c)Total number of minor optical defects (excluding those within 25.4 min (1 inch)
of the sheet edge) as follows:
(1) Not exceeding 1 per 0.368 M2 (4 ft2) for sheet which is 12.7 mm (0.5 inch)
or less in thickness; or
(2) Not exceeding 2 per 0.092 M2 (1 ft2) for sheet over 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) in
thickness.
Technical Note:
'Major defects' are defined as variations in the material which cause angular deviations
either side of the undeviated position excess of those listed in sub-item (b) above.
Minor defects include any embedded particles, bubbles, scratches or internal inhomogeneity
with a major dimension of at least 0.250 m , and those localized imperfections which
cause a variation in angular deviation of more than 5 minutes within a distance of not
more than 508 min. (20 inches) on the screen when tested by method ASTM D637.
(It is not intended that the entire sheet be quarititatively surveyed for such variation
in deviation, but that localized imperfections which are suspected of being detrimental
he evaluated by means of this test).
(For manufactures thereof, see Item ML 10 on the Munitions List.)
IL 1754 Fluorinated compounds, materials and manufactures thereof, as follows-
(a) Compounds, as follows:
(1) Dibromotetrafluoroethane, excep that having a purity of 99.8 per cent or less
and containing at least 25 particles, of 200 micrometres or larger in size, per
100 M1;
(2) Perfluoroalkylamines;
(b) Polymeric materials and intermediates, unprocessed, as follows:
(1) Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, oily and waxy modifications only;
(2) Fluoroelastomeric compouncomposed of at least 95 per cent of a
combination of two or more of the following monomers: tetrafluoroethylene,
chlorotrifluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, hexafluoropropylene, bromotrifluoroethylene,
iodotrifluoroethylene, perfluoromethylvinylether and perfluoroproxyproplvinyleter;
(3) Polybromotrifluoroethylene ;
(4)Copolymers of vinylidene fluoride having 75 per cent or more beta crystalline
structure without stretchi g;
(5)Fluorinated silicone rubber and intermediates for their production containing
10 per cent or more of co bined fluorine;
(c) Manufacturers, as follows:
(1)Greases, lubricants and dieletric electric, damping and flotation fluids made of at least
85% of any 0' the ~aterials in (a) and (b) above;
(2)Electric wire and able Coated with or insulated with any of the materials in
(b)(2) above, excep, well logging cable;
(3)Seals, gaskets, rods, sheets, sealants or fuel bladders made, of more than 50 per cent of any
of the materials in (b)(2) above, specially designed for aerospace and
aircraft use;
(4) Piezoelectric polymers and copolymers made from vinylidene fluoride
having both of the following characteristics:
(i) In sheet or film form; and
(ii) With a thinknes of more than 200 micrometres.
(For hydraulic fluids using these elements, see also Item IL 1701)
IL 1755 Silicone fluids and greases, follows-
(a) Fluorinated silicons, fluids, except those with kinematic viscosity of 5 000 centi-
strokes or higher measured at 250C;
(b)Silicone and fluorinated silicone lubricating greases capable of operating at
temperatures of 180'C (356'F) or higher and having a drop point (method of test
being ASTM or ITP )~, 220'C (428 F) or higher.
(For hydraulic fluids using these elements, see also Item IL 1702.)
IL 1757 Compounds and materials, as follows-
(a)Monocrystalline silicon, except metallurgical-grade monocrystalline silicon having
a purity not better than 99.97 per cent;
(b)Gallium of a purity equal to or greater than 99.9999 per cent and gallium 111/V
compounds of any purity level except:
(i) Gallium phosphide; or
(ii) Other gallium 111/V compounds having a dislocation density (etch pit
density-EPD) greater than 500 000 per cm';
Indium of a purity greater than 99.9995 per cent and III-V indium compounds
containing more than 1 per cent indium;
(d) Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a monocrystalline insulating substrate
epitaxially layered with silicon, compounds of gallium or compounds of indium;
(e) Elemental Cd and Te of purity levels equal to or more than 99.9995 per cent and
CdTe compounds of a purity level equal to or more than 99.99 per cent or single
crystals of CdTe of any purity level;
(f) Polycrystalline silicon, except polycrystalline silicon having a purity not better than
99.99 per cent and containing at least 0.5 part in 10' each of iron, carbon, boron
and phosphorus, plus other impurities;
(g)Compounds having a purity level based upon the amount of the primary
constituents of 99.5 per cent oil better and used in the synthesis of the materials
covered by sub-item (f) above, or used as the silicon source in the deposition of
epitaxial layers of silicon, silico oxide or silicon nitride;
Note:
SiC12112 is embargoed by thi sub-item when having a purity level of 97.0 per
cent or better;
(h) Single crystals sapphire substrates;
(i)B2 O3 with a punty of 99.9 per cent or greater, containing 1000 parts per million
of H20 or less, in powder or cast form;
(j) Monocrystalline germa ium with a resistivity greater than 100 ohm.cm;
(k) Resist materials follows:
(1) Negative resists whose spectral response has been adjusted for use below 350
nanometres.
(2) All positive resists;
(3) All resists for use with E-beams or ion beams with a sensitivity of 100
micro-coulomb/cm or better;
(4) All resists r use with X-rays with a sensitivity of 500 MillijoUlCS/CM 2 or better;
or
(5) All resists pecified or optimized for dry development;
(l)Single-crystal orms of bismuth germanium oxide having piezoelectric properties
and single- forms of lithium niobate, of lithium tantalate and of aluminium
phosphate;
(m)Metal-organic or hydride compounds of beryllium and magnesium (Group IIA),
zinc, cadiu and mercury (Group 1113), aluminium, gallium and indium (Group
IIIA), phosphorus, arsenic and antimony (Group VA) and selenium and tellurium
(Group VIA) having a purity (metal basis) of 99.999 per cent or better.
IL 1759 Syntactic foam for underwater use formulated for applications at depths greater
than 1000 metres or with a density of 0.561 g/cml (35 Ibs/cu ift) (specific gravity
0.561) or less.
Notes:
(1) Syntactic foam consists of hollow plastic or glass spheres less than 100
micrometres in diameter uniformly embedded in a resin matrix.
(2) For deep submergence vehicles, see Item IL 1418.
IL 1760 Compounds of tantalum and niobium (columbium), as follows
(a)Tantalates and niobates having a purity of 99 per cent or better except
fluorotantalates;
(b)Other compounds containing 20 per cent or more of tantalum in which the niobium
content with respect to tantalum is less than one part per thousand;
(See also Items IL 1649 and IL 1670.)
Note:
This item does not cover single-crystal lithium niobate and single-crystal lithium
tantalate, for which see Item IL 1757(1)
IL 1763Fibrous and filamentary materials which may be used in composite structures or
laminates, and such composite structures and laminates, as follows-
(a) Fibrous and filamentary materials having both of the following characteristics:
(1) 'Specific modulus' greater than 3.18 X 106 M (1.25 x 10' in);
(2) 'Specific tensile strength' greater than 7.62 x 101 m (3 x 101 in);
(b) Fibrous and filamentary materials having both of the following characteristics:
(1) 'Specific modulus' greater than 2.54 x 106 M (1 x 108 in);
(2) Melting or sublimation point higher than 1 992K (1 6491C) (3 000'17) in an
inert environment except:
(i) Carbon fibres having a 'specific modulus' less than 5.08 x 101 m (2 x
101 in)and a 'specific tensile strength' less than 2.54 x 10, m (1 x 101
in).
(ii) Discorilinuou tiphase polyerystalline alurnina fibres in chopped fibre or
random mat form, containing three per cent by weight or more silica,
having a 'specific modulus' less than 10 x 101 m (3.92 x 101 in);
(c)Resin-impregnated fibres (prepregs) and metal-coated fibres (preforms) made from
materials covered by sub-items (a) or (b) above;
(d)Composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereof made either with an
organic matrix or a metal matrix utilizing materials covered by sub-items (a) or
(b) above.
Technical Notes:
The term 'fibrous and filamentary materials' includes:
(a) Continuous monfilaments;
(b) Continuous yarns and rovings;
(c) Tapes, woven fabrics and random mats;
(d) Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibres blankets;
(e) Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline, of any length.
'Specific modulus' is Young's modulus in N/m' (Ibs force/sq in) divided by specific
weight in N/m' (lbs force/cu. in), measured at a temperature of (296+2)K
Q23+2)'QQ73-4 3.6ff) and a relative humidity of (50+5) percent.
3.'Specific tensile stength' is ultimate tensile strength in N/M2 (Ibs force/sq. in)
divided by specific weight in N/M3 (Ibs forcelcu. in) measured at a temperature of
(296 + 2)K (23 +2)'C) Q73.4 + 3.6ff) and a relative humidity of (50 + 5) per
cent.
IL 1767Preforms of glass or of any other material specially designed for the fabrication of
optical fibres covered by Item IL 1526(c) and (d).
Technical Note:
Optical fibre preforms are defined as bars, ingots, or rods of glass, plastic or other
materials which have been specially processed for use in fabricating optical fibres.
The characteristics of the preform determine the basic parameters of the resultant
drawn optical fibres.
IL 1781 Synthetic lubricating oils and grealses which are or which contain, as their principal
ingredient, the following
(a)Monomeric and polymeric forms of perfluorotriazines, perfluoroaromatic ethers
and esters, and perfluoroaliphatic ethers and esters;
(b)Polyphenyl ethers or thio ethers co, taining more than three phenyl or alkyl
phenyl groups.
(L.N. 194188)